Document:

EXHIBIT 4.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
 INDENTURE

 

between

 

FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A,
 as Issuer

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
 as Indenture Trustee

 

Dated as of August 1, 2001, 
 as amended and restated as of December 1, 2010

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
ARTICLE I   USAGE AND DEFINITIONS
    	
2
    
	
Section 1.1.
    	
Usage and Definitions
    	
2
    
	
Section 1.2.
    	
Amendment and   Restatement
    	
2
    
	
Section 1.3.
    	
Incorporation by   Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    	
2
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE II   THE NOTES
    	
3
    
	
Section 2.1.
    	
Form Generally
    	
3
    
	
Section 2.2.
    	
Creation and Issuance   in Series
    	
3
    
	
Section 2.3.
    	
Denominations
    	
4
    
	
Section 2.4.
    	
Execution,   Authentication and Delivery
    	
4
    
	
Section 2.5.
    	
Registration;   Registration of Transfer and Exchange
    	
5
    
	
Section 2.6.
    	
Mutilated, Destroyed,   Lost or Stolen Notes
    	
6
    
	
Section 2.7.
    	
Persons Deemed Owners
    	
7
    
	
Section 2.8.
    	
Cancellation
    	
7
    
	
Section 2.9.
    	
Release of Collateral
    	
8
    
	
Section 2.10.
    	
Book-Entry Notes
    	
8
    
	
Section 2.11.
    	
Global Notes
    	
8
    
	
Section 2.12.
    	
Definitive Notes
    	
9
    
	
Section 2.13.
    	
Authenticating Agents
    	
9
    
	
Section 2.14.
    	
Note Paying Agents
    	
10
    
	
Section 2.15.
    	
Access to List of   Noteholders’ Names and Addresses
    	
10
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE III   COVENANTS AND REPRESENTATIONS
    	
11
    
	
Section 3.1.
    	
Payment of Principal   and Interest
    	
11
    
	
Section 3.2.
    	
Maintenance of Office   or Agency
    	
11
    
	
Section 3.3.
    	
Money for Payments to   be Held in Trust
    	
11
    
	
Section 3.4.
    	
Existence
    	
13
    
	
Section 3.5.
    	
Protection of   Collateral
    	
13
    
	
Section 3.6.
    	
Performance of   Obligations; Servicing of Receivables
    	
14
    
	
Section 3.7.
    	
Negative Covenants
    	
15
    
	
Section 3.8.
    	
Opinions as to   Collateral
    	
15
    
	
Section 3.9.
    	
Annual Statement as to   Compliance
    	
16
    
	
Section 3.10.
    	
Consolidation and   Merger; Sale of Assets
    	
16
    
	
Section 3.11.
    	
Successor or Transferee
    	
17
    
	
Section 3.12.
    	
No Other Activities
    	
17
    
	
Section 3.13.
    	
Further Instruments and   Acts
    	
18
    
	
Section 3.14.
    	
Restricted Payments
    	
18
    
	
Section 3.15.
    	
Notice of Events of   Default
    	
18
    
	
Section 3.16.
    	
Representations and Warranties   of the Issuer as to Security Interest
    	
18
    
	
Section 3.17.
    	
Audits of the Issuer
    	
19
    
	
Section 3.18.
    	
Representations and   Warranties of the Issuer
    	
20
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE IV   SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
    	
21
    
	
Section 4.1.
    	
Satisfaction and   Discharge of Indenture and Indenture Supplements
    	
21
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE V   AMORTIZATION EVENTS; DEFAULTS; REMEDIES
    	
22
    

 

i

 

	
Section 5.1.
    	
Amortization Events;   Events of Default
    	
22
    
	
Section 5.2.
    	
Acceleration of   Maturity; Rescission
    	
23
    
	
Section 5.3.
    	
Collection of   Indebtedness by the Indenture Trustee
    	
24
    
	
Section 5.4.
    	
Trustee May File   Proofs of Claim
    	
24
    
	
Section 5.5.
    	
Trustee   May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes
    	
25
    
	
Section 5.6.
    	
Remedies; Priorities
    	
25
    
	
Section 5.7.
    	
Optional Preservation   of the Collateral
    	
27
    
	
Section 5.8.
    	
Limitation on Suits
    	
27
    
	
Section 5.9.
    	
Unconditional Rights of   Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest
    	
28
    
	
Section 5.10.
    	
Restoration of Rights   and Remedies
    	
28
    
	
Section 5.11.
    	
Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    	
28
    
	
Section 5.12.
    	
Delay or Omission Not a   Waiver
    	
29
    
	
Section 5.13.
    	
Control by Noteholders
    	
29
    
	
Section 5.14.
    	
Waiver of Defaults and   Events of Default
    	
29
    
	
Section 5.15.
    	
Undertaking for Costs
    	
30
    
	
Section 5.16.
    	
Waiver of Stay or   Extension Laws
    	
30
    
	
Section 5.17.
    	
Performance and   Enforcement of Certain Obligations
    	
30
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE VI   THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
    	
31
    
	
Section 6.1.
    	
Duties of Indenture   Trustee
    	
31
    
	
Section 6.2.
    	
Rights of Indenture   Trustee
    	
32
    
	
Section 6.3.
    	
Individual Rights of   Indenture Trustee
    	
33
    
	
Section 6.4.
    	
Indenture Trustee’s   Disclaimer
    	
33
    
	
Section 6.5.
    	
Notice of Defaults
    	
33
    
	
Section 6.6.
    	
Reports by Indenture   Trustee
    	
34
    
	
Section 6.7.
    	
Compensation and   Indemnity
    	
35
    
	
Section 6.8.
    	
Replacement of   Indenture Trustee
    	
36
    
	
Section 6.9.
    	
Successor Indenture   Trustee by Merger
    	
37
    
	
Section 6.10.
    	
Appointment of Separate   Indenture Trustee or Co-Indenture Trustee
    	
38
    
	
Section 6.11.
    	
Eligibility;   Disqualification
    	
39
    
	
Section 6.12.
    	
Preferential Collection   of Claims Against Issuer
    	
39
    
	
Section 6.13.
    	
Audits of the Indenture   Trustee
    	
39
    
	
Section 6.14.
    	
Representations and   Warranties of the Indenture Trustee
    	
39
    
	
Section 6.15.
    	
Duty to Update   Disclosure
    	
41
    
	
Section 6.16.
    	
Indenture Trustee   Indemnification
    	
41
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE VII   NOTEHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS
    	
41
    
	
Section 7.1.
    	
Names and Addresses of   Noteholders
    	
41
    
	
Section 7.2.
    	
Preservation of   Information; Communications to Noteholders
    	
41
    
	
Section 7.3.
    	
Reports by Issuer
    	
42
    
	
Section 7.4.
    	
Reports by Indenture   Trustee
    	
42
    
	
Section 7.5.
    	
Notice by Publication
    	
43
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE VIII   ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS; SERIES ACCOUNTS
    	
43
    
	
Section 8.1.
    	
Collection of Money
    	
43
    

 

ii

 

	
Section 8.2.
    	
Rights of Noteholders
    	
43
    
	
Section 8.3.
    	
Establishment of Trust   Accounts
    	
44
    
	
Section 8.4.
    	
Collections and   Allocations
    	
46
    
	
Section 8.5.
    	
Excess Interest Sharing   Groups; Principal Sharing Groups
    	
47
    
	
Section 8.6.
    	
Release of Trust   Collateral
    	
48
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE IX   SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
    	
49
    
	
Section 9.1.
    	
Supplemental Indentures   Without Consent of Noteholders
    	
49
    
	
Section 9.2.
    	
Supplemental Indentures   with Consent of Noteholders
    	
50
    
	
Section 9.3.
    	
Execution of   Supplemental Indentures
    	
51
    
	
Section 9.4.
    	
Effect of Supplemental   Indentures
    	
51
    
	
Section 9.5.
    	
Conformity with Trust   Indenture Act
    	
51
    
	
Section 9.6.
    	
Reference in Notes to   Supplemental Indentures
    	
52
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE X   TERMINATION
    	
52
    
	
Section 10.1.
    	
Termination of Issuer
    	
52
    
	
Section 10.2.
    	
Final Payment
    	
52
    
	
Section 10.3.
    	
Depositors’ Termination   Rights
    	
52
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE XI   MISCELLANEOUS
    	
53
    
	
Section 11.1.
    	
Compliance Certificates   and Opinions, etc.
    	
53
    
	
Section 11.2.
    	
Form of Documents   Delivered to Indenture Trustee
    	
54
    
	
Section 11.3.
    	
Acts of Noteholders
    	
55
    
	
Section 11.4.
    	
Notices, etc. to   Indenture Trustee, Issuer and Rating Agencies
    	
55
    
	
Section 11.5.
    	
Notices to Noteholders;   Waiver
    	
56
    
	
Section 11.6.
    	
Conflict with Trust   Indenture Act
    	
57
    
	
Section 11.7.
    	
Benefits of Indenture
    	
57
    
	
Section 11.8.
    	
GOVERNING LAW
    	
57
    
	
Section 11.9.
    	
Submission to   Jurisdiction
    	
57
    
	
Section 11.10.
    	
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
    	
57
    
	
Section 11.11.
    	
Severability
    	
57
    
	
Section 11.12.
    	
Counterparts
    	
58
    
	
Section 11.13.
    	
Headings
    	
58
    
	
Section 11.14.
    	
Issuer Obligation
    	
58
    
	
Section 11.15.
    	
Subordination of Claims   against the Depositor
    	
58
    
	
Section 11.16.
    	
No Petition
    	
59
    

 

iii

 

CROSS REFERENCE TABLE(1)

 

	
TIA
    	
 
    	
Indenture
    
	
Section
    	
 
    	
Section(2)
    
	
310 (a)
    	
 
    	
6.11; 6.14
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
6.11
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
311 (a)
    	
 
    	
6.12
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
6.12
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
6.12
    
	
312 (a)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
7.2
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
7.2
    
	
313 (a)
    	
 
    	
7.4
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
7.4
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
6.5, 7.3, 7.4
    
	
(d)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
314 (a)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
8.4, 11.1
    
	
(d)
    	
 
    	
8.4, 11.1
    
	
(e)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
315 (a)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(d)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(e)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
316 (a)(1)(A)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(a)(1)(B)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(a)(2)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
317
    	
 
    	
11.6
    
	
318 (a)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    

 

(1)         Note:  This Cross Reference Table is not deemed, for any purpose, to be part of this Indenture.

(2)         N.A. means Not Applicable.

 

iv

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE, dated as of August 1, 2001, as amended and restated as of December 1, 2010 (this “Indenture”), between FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A, a Delaware statutory trust, as Issuer, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York banking corporation, as Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

BACKGROUND

 

The parties to this Indenture intend to amend and restate the Indenture, dated as of August 1, 2001, as previously amended and restated as of May 1, 2008, between the parties, on the terms and conditions contained in this Indenture.

 

The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee are executing and delivering this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time by the Issuer of Notes in one or more Series, the principal terms of which will be specified in one or more Indenture Supplements to this Indenture.

 

The obligations of the Issuer under all Notes issued under this Indenture will be equally and ratably secured by, among other things, Receivables from time to time sold to the Issuer by the Depositors pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreements, such Receivables having, in turn, been sold to the Depositors by the Seller pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreements with the Depositors.

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

GRANTING CLAUSES

 

The Issuer Granted to the Indenture Trustee at the initial Closing Date, as Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in, to and under, whether then owned or thereafter acquired, the Master Collateral.

 

The foregoing Grant was made in trust to secure (a) the payment of principal of, interest on and any other amounts owing in respect of the Notes as provided in this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplements and (b) compliance by the Issuer with the provisions of this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplements for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

The Indenture Trustee acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trusts under this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements in accordance with this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements, and agrees to perform the duties required in this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements so that the interests of the Secured Parties may be adequately protected.

 

As provided in any Indenture Supplement, the Issuer may Grant to the Indenture Trustee, as Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties of the related Series, other collateral in addition to the Master Collateral (such other collateral, the “Series Collateral” and, collectively with the Master Collateral, the “Collateral”).  Any Grants of Series Collateral pursuant to an Indenture Supplement, unless otherwise provided in such Indenture Supplement, will be made

 

1

 

for the exclusive benefit of the Secured Parties of the related Series and will not secure in any manner the Issuer’s obligations under any other Series.

 

ARTICLE I
 USAGE AND DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1.                                 Usage and Definitions.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Indenture are defined in Appendix A to (a) the Fifth Amended and Restated Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2001, as amended and restated as of December 1, 2010, among Ford Credit Floorplan Corporation, as Depositor, the Issuer and the Servicer, and (b) the Fifth Amended and Restated Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2001, as amended and restated as of December 1, 2010, among Ford Credit Floorplan LLC, as Depositor, the Issuer and the Servicer.  Each Appendix A also contains rules as to usage applicable to this Indenture.  Each Appendix A is incorporated by reference into this Indenture.

 

Section 1.2.                                 Amendment and Restatement.  This Indenture amends and restates in full the Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of August 1, 2001, as amended and restated as of May 1, 2008, between the parties, with effect as of the date of this Indenture, and the parties confirm that (a) all prior actions made pursuant to such Amended and Restated Indenture are effective as if made under this Indenture on the date made, including the Grant of Liens in the Collateral and any release of Collateral from such Liens, and (b) no provision of this Indenture is intended to result in the duplication of any such prior action of any party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any amendment to the Amended and Restated Indenture, as set out in this Indenture, would reasonably be expected to have an Adverse Effect on the Noteholders of a Series issued before the date of this Indenture or would otherwise not be permitted, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, then such amendment will not be effective as against such Noteholders and the corresponding provision of the Amended and Restated Indenture will continue to govern as it relates to such Noteholders and such Series.

 

Section 1.3.                                 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.  Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

 

“indenture security holder” means a Noteholder;

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Indenture Trustee; and

 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

 

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Securities and Exchange Commission rule have the meaning assigned to them by such definitions.

 

2

 

ARTICLE II
 THE NOTES

 

Section 2.1.                                 Form Generally.  Any Series or Class of Notes, together with the Indenture Trustee’s certificate of authentication, may be issued in bearer form with attached interest coupons and a special coupon or in fully registered form and, in each case, will be in substantially the form of an exhibit to the related Indenture Supplement, with such variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement, and may have such marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed on them, as may be determined, consistent with this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement by the Responsible Person of the Issuer executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.  The physical Notes will be produced by any method as determined by the Responsible Person of the Issuer executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

 

Section 2.2.                                 Creation and Issuance in Series.

 

(a)                                 Pursuant to one or more Indenture Supplements, the Issuer may from time to time issue one or more Series (which Series may be comprised of one or more Classes and within such Classes, issued in one or more subclasses).  The Notes of all Series will be equally and ratably entitled as provided in this Indenture to the benefits of this Indenture without preference, priority or distinction, all in accordance with this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement except, with respect to any Series, such preferences, priorities or distinctions within such Series as provided in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

(b)                                 On or before the Series Issuance Date of any Series, the parties to this Indenture will execute and deliver an Indenture Supplement which will specify the Principal Terms of such Series.  The Indenture Supplement for a Series may modify or amend this Indenture (including any defined terms incorporated by reference into this Indenture pursuant to Section 1.1) solely as applied to such Series.  The obligation of the Indenture Trustee to authenticate and deliver the Notes of any Series and to execute and deliver the related Indenture Supplement will be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(i)                             on or before the second Business Day preceding such Series Issuance Date, the Issuer has given the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency notice (unless such notice requirement is otherwise waived) of such issuance and such Series Issuance Date;

 

(ii)                          the Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee the related Indenture Supplement, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, executed by the Issuer;

 

(iii)                       the Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee any other related Transaction Document not previously delivered, executed by each of the parties to such Transaction Document (other than the Indenture Trustee);

 

(iv)                      the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to such issuance;

 

3

 

(v)                         each Depositor has delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate, dated as of such Series Issuance Date, stating that such Depositor reasonably believes that such issuance will not, based on the facts known to such officer at the time of such certification, have an Adverse Effect or cause an Amortization Event to occur with respect to any Series;

 

(vi)                      the Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, dated such Series Issuance Date, to the effect that such issuance will not (A) cause any Note to be deemed sold or exchanged for purposes of Section 1001 of the Code or (B) cause the Issuer to be treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes ; and

 

(vii)                   the Net Adjusted Pool Balance will equal or exceed the Required Pool Balance after giving effect to such issuance (taking into account any deposit of all or any portion of the proceeds of such issuance into the Excess Funding Account).

 

Any Note acquired by the Depositors at any time after the date of its original issuance may be transferred or exchanged only upon the delivery to the Indenture Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel dated as of the date of such transfer or exchange, as the case may be, to the effect that such transfer or exchange will not cause (i) any security issued by the Issuer to be deemed sold or exchanged for purposes of Section 1001 of the Code or (ii) the Issuer to be treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

(c)                                  Any Indenture Supplement permitting the issuance of additional Notes of a Series after the related Series Issuance Date will specify the conditions for the issuance of such additional Notes.

 

(d)                                 Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, will execute and the Indenture Trustee upon receipt of an Issuer Order will authenticate and deliver the Notes of such Series as provided in this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement.  The Indenture Trustee may, but is not obligated to, enter into any such Indenture Supplement that adversely affects the Indenture Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture.

 

Section 2.3.                                 Denominations.  Except as otherwise provided in the related Indenture Supplement or the Notes, each Class of Notes will be issued in fully registered form.  Each Class of Notes will be issued in such minimum amounts and in such integral multiples in excess of such minimum amounts as specified in the related Indenture Supplement (except that one Note of each Class may be issued in a different amount so long as such amount exceeds the applicable minimum denomination for such Class), and will be issued upon original issuance as one or more Notes in an aggregate original principal amount equal to the applicable principal amount of such Class or Series on the date of original issuance.

 

Section 2.4.                                 Execution, Authentication and Delivery.

 

(a)                                 A Responsible Person of the Issuer will execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer.  The signature of such Responsible Person on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.  Notes

 

4

 

bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was a Responsible Person of the Issuer will bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office before the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of issuance of such Notes.

 

(b)                                 At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee for authentication and delivery, and the Indenture Trustee upon receipt of an appropriate Issuer Order will authenticate and deliver such Notes as provided in this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement and not otherwise. No Note will be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement or be valid for any purpose unless it bears a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for in the related Indenture Supplement executed by the Indenture Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, and such certificate upon any Note will be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Section 2.5.                                 Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer appoints the Indenture Trustee to be the “Note Registrar” and to keep a register (the “Note Register”) for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as provided in this Indenture.  Upon any resignation of the Note Registrar, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make such an appointment, assume the duties of Note Registrar.  If the Issuer appoints a Person other than the Indenture Trustee as Note Registrar, (i) the Issuer will notify the Indenture Trustee of such appointment, (ii) the Indenture Trustee will have the right to inspect the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies of the Note Register and (iii) the Indenture Trustee will have the right to rely upon a certificate executed by an officer of the Note Registrar as to the names and addresses of the Noteholders and the principal amounts and number of the Notes.

 

(b)                                 Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained under Section 3.2, if the requirements of Section 8-401(a) of the UCC are met, the Issuer will execute, the Indenture Trustee will authenticate and the Noteholder will obtain from the Indenture Trustee, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of the same Series and Class (and subclass, if applicable), in any authorized denomination, in the same aggregate principal amount.

 

(c)                                  A Noteholder may exchange Notes for other Notes of the same Series and Class (and subclass, if applicable) in any authorized denominations, in the same aggregate principal amount, by surrendering the Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained under Section 3.2.  Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, if the requirements of Section 8-401(a) of the UCC are met, the Issuer will execute, the Indenture Trustee will authenticate and the Noteholder will obtain from the Indenture Trustee the Notes that the Noteholder making such exchange is entitled to receive.

 

(d)                                 All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under

 

5

 

this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(e)                                  Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange will be (i) duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Noteholder of such Note or such Noteholder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Indenture Trustee may require.

 

(f)                                   The registration of transfer or exchange of any Note will be subject to such additional requirements, if any, set forth in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

(g)                                  None of the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee will impose a service charge on a Noteholder for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes.  The Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee may require such Noteholder to pay an amount sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with such registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes.

 

(h)                                 Neither the Issuer nor the Note Registrar will be required to register transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption or Notes whose next Payment Date is not more than 15 days after the requested date of such transfer or exchange.

 

(i)                                     If and so long as any Series of Notes are listed on a stock exchange and such exchange so requires, the Indenture Trustee will appoint a co-transfer agent and co-registrar in accordance with the rules of such exchange.  Any reference in this Indenture to the Note Registrar includes any co-transfer agent and co-registrar unless the context otherwise requires.  The Indenture Trustee will enter into any agency agreement as it deems reasonably appropriate with any co-transfer agent and co-registrar not a party to this Indenture to implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent.

 

Section 2.6.                                 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.

 

(a)                                 If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Indenture Trustee or the Indenture Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of a Note, then the Issuer will execute and, upon Issuer Request, the Indenture Trustee will authenticate and deliver a replacement Note of the same Series and Class and principal amount in exchange for or in lieu of such Note so long as (i) the Indenture Trustee receives such security or indemnity as may be required by it to hold the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee harmless, (ii) none of the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee have received notice that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, as defined in Section 8-303 of the UCC and (iii) the requirements of Section 8-405 of the UCC are met.  However, if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note (but not a mutilated Note) is due and payable within 15 days or has been called for redemption, instead of

 

6

 

issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable or upon the Redemption Date without surrender of such Note.  If a protected purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued (or such payment made) presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee will be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note (or such payment) from such Person to whom such replacement Note (or such payment) was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a protected purchaser, and will be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided for such replacement Note (or such payment) for any cost, expense, loss, damage, claim or liability incurred by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee in connection with such replacement Note (or such payment).

 

(b)                                 Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under Section 2.6(a), the Issuer may require the Noteholder of such Note to pay an amount sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed and any other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such replacement Note.

 

(c)                                  Each replacement Note issued pursuant to Section 2.6(a) will constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note will be enforceable by anyone and, except as otherwise provided in this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement, will be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement equally and proportionately with all other Notes of the same Series and Class duly issued under this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement.

 

(d)                                 This Section 2.6 is exclusive and precludes (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

 

Section 2.7.                                 Persons Deemed Owners.  On any date, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as of such date as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes, and none of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee will be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

Section 2.8.                                 Cancellation.  Any Person that receives a Note surrendered for payment, registration of transfer, exchange or redemption will deliver such Note to the Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee will promptly cancel all Notes it receives that have been surrendered for payment, registration of transfer or exchange, or redemption.  The Issuer may deliver to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered under this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner, and the Indenture Trustee will promptly cancel such Notes.  No Notes will be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section 2.8.  The Indenture Trustee may hold or dispose of all cancelled Notes in accordance with its standard retention or disposal policy unless the Issuer directs, by Issuer Order, that they be destroyed or returned to it (so long as such Notes have not been disposed of previously by the Indenture Trustee).

 

7

 

Section 2.9.                                 Release of Collateral.  Subject to Section 12.1, the Indenture Trustee will release property from the Lien of this Indenture only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA §§314(c) and 314(d) or an Opinion of Counsel in lieu of such Independent Certificates to the effect that the TIA does not require any such Independent Certificates.

 

Section 2.10.                          Book-Entry Notes.  Except as otherwise provided in a related Indenture Supplement, the Notes of each Series, upon original issuance, will be issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes, which will be registered initially on the Note Register in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency for such Book-Entry Notes and will be delivered to a custodian pursuant to such Clearing Agency’s instructions.  No Note Owner will be entitled to receive a Definitive Note representing such Note Owner’s interest in such Note, except as provided in Section 2.12.  Unless and until Definitive Notes have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.12:

 

(a)                                 this Section 2.10 will be in effect with respect to each Series;

 

(b)                                 with respect to Book-Entry Notes of a Series, the Note Registrar and the Indenture Trustee will be entitled to deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes of this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement (including the payment of principal of and interest on the Book-Entry Notes and the giving of notices, instructions or directions under this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement) as the sole Noteholder of the Book-Entry Notes, and will have no obligation to the Note Owners of such Series;

 

(c)                                  the Clearing Agency for a Series will make book-entry transfers among its participants and receive and transmit payments of principal of and interest on the Book-Entry Notes of such Series to such participants;

 

(d)                                 to the extent that this Section 2.10 conflicts with any other provisions of this Indenture, this Section 2.10 will control in respect of a Series;

 

(e)                                  the rights of Note Owners may be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and will be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or its participants pursuant to such agreements;

 

(f)                                   the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among its participants and receive and transmit payments of principal and interest on the Notes to such participants; and

 

(g)                                  whenever this Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken based upon instructions or directions of Noteholders of a specified percentage of the Note Balance of the Notes of any Series, the related Clearing Agency will be deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to such effect from Note Owners of the Notes of such Series and/or such Clearing Agency’s participants owning or representing, respectively, at least such required percentage of the Note Balance of the Notes of such Series and has delivered such instructions to the Indenture Trustee.

 

Section 2.11.                          Global Notes.  If specified in the related Indenture Supplement, Notes of any Class of a Series may be initially issued in the form of a single temporary Global Note (each,

 

8

 

a “Global Note”) in bearer form, without interest coupons, in the denomination of the initial principal amount of such Class and substantially in the form attached to such Indenture Supplement.  Except as otherwise provided in the related Indenture Supplement, Section 2.11 will apply to each such Global Note.  Global Notes will be authenticated by the Indenture Trustee upon the same conditions, in substantially the same manner and with the same effect as the Definitive Notes.  Except as otherwise provided in the related Indenture Supplement, any Notes that are issued in bearer form pursuant to this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement will be issued in accordance with the requirements of Section 163(f)(2) of the Code.

 

Section 2.12.                          Definitive Notes.  If specified in the related Indenture Supplement, Notes of any Class of a Series may be initially issued as Definitive Notes.  With respect to any Class or Classes of Book-Entry Notes of a Series, if (a) the Administrator notifies the Indenture Trustee that the related Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities as depository for the Book-Entry Notes of such Series and the Administrator is unable to reach an agreement on satisfactory terms with a qualified successor, (b) the Administrator notifies the Indenture Trustee that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through such Clearing Agency, or (c) after the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to such Series or a Servicer Termination Event, so long as any Book-Entry Notes of such Series are Outstanding, Note Owners of a majority of the Note Balance of such Series notify the Indenture Trustee and the related Clearing Agency that they elect to terminate the book-entry system through such Clearing Agency, then the Indenture Trustee will notify all Note Owners of such Series of the occurrence of such election and of the availability of Definitive Notes to such Note Owners.  After the Clearing Agency for a Series has surrendered the typewritten Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes of such Series and delivered the registration instructions to the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer will execute and the Indenture Trustee will authenticate the Definitive Notes for such Series in accordance with the instructions of such Clearing Agency.  None of the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee will be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely, and will be protected in relying, on such instructions.  Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes to Note Owners of such Series, the Indenture Trustee will recognize the holders of such Definitive Notes as Noteholders of such Series.

 

Section 2.13.                          Authenticating Agents.

 

(a)                                 The Indenture Trustee may appoint one or more Persons (each, an “Authenticating Agent”) with the power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication of Notes of one or more Series under Section 2.4 in connection with issuances, transfers and exchanges under Sections 2.2, 2.5, 2.6 and 9.5, as though each such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized by those Sections to authenticate such Notes.  For all purposes of this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement, the authentication of Notes of a Series by an Authenticating Agent pursuant to this Section 2.13 is deemed to be the authentication of such Notes “by the Indenture Trustee.”

 

(b)                                 Any Person into which an Authenticating Agent for a Series may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which an Authenticating Agent is a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent,

 

9

 

will be the successor of such Authenticating Agent under this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement without the execution or filing of any document or any further act.

 

(c)                                  An Authenticating Agent may resign by giving notice of resignation to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee may terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and the Owner Trustee.  Upon receiving such notice of resignation or upon such a termination, the Indenture Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent and will notify the Owner Trustee of any such appointment.

 

(d)                                 Sections 2.8 and 6.4 will apply to each Authenticating Agent.

 

Section 2.14.                          Note Paying Agents.

 

(a)                                 The Indenture Trustee may appoint one or more Note Paying Agents for one or more Series that meet the eligibility standards for the Indenture Trustee specified in Section 6.10.  The Note Paying Agents will have the power to make payments from the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account, the Back-up Servicer Reserve Account and the related Series Accounts.

 

(b)                                 Any Person into which a Note Paying Agent for a Series may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger or consolidation or conversion to which a Note Paying Agent is a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of a Note Paying Agent, will be the successor of such Note Paying Agent under this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement without the execution or filing of any document or any further act.

 

(c)                                  A Note Paying Agent may resign by giving notice of resignation to the Indenture Trustee, the Administrator and the Issuer.  The Indenture Trustee may terminate the agency of a Note Paying Agent by giving notice of termination to such Note Paying Agent, the Administrator and the Issuer.  Upon receiving such notice of resignation or upon such a termination, the Indenture Trustee may appoint a successor Note Paying Agent and will notify the Administrator and the Issuer of any such appointment.

 

(d)                                 Sections 2.8 and 6.4 will apply to each Note Paying Agent.

 

Section 2.15.                          Access to List of Noteholders’ Names and Addresses.

 

(a)                                 If the Indenture Trustee is not the Note Registrar, the Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee or any Note Paying Agent, within five Business Days after receipt by the Issuer of a request from the Indenture Trustee or such Note Paying Agent a list of the names and addresses of the Noteholders.  Except as otherwise provided in the related Indenture Supplement, Noteholders of at least 10% of the Note Balance of a Series or three or more Noteholders of a Series may apply in writing to the Indenture Trustee, and if such application states that such Noteholders desire to communicate with other Noteholders of any Series with respect to their rights under this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement or under the Notes and is accompanied by a copy of the communication which such Noteholders propose to transmit, then the Indenture Trustee, after having been adequately indemnified by such Noteholders for its costs and

 

10

 

expenses, will afford or cause the Note Registrar to afford such Noteholders access during normal business hours to the most recent list of Noteholders held by the Indenture Trustee.  Such list is to be as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of receipt of such Noteholders’ request.

 

(b)                                 Every Noteholder, by receiving and holding a Note, agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, that none of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, any Note Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, the Depositors, the Administrator and the Servicer or any of their respective agents and employees may be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of the names and addresses of the Noteholders under this Indenture, regardless of the sources from which such information was derived.

 

ARTICLE III
 COVENANTS AND REPRESENTATIONS

 

Section 3.1.                                 Payment of Principal and Interest.  Each Class of Notes of each Series will accrue interest at the rate specified in such Note or in the related Indenture Supplement.  The Issuer will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with the Notes, this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements.  Amounts withheld under the Code or any State or local tax law by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder will be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to such Noteholder.

 

Section 3.2.                                 Maintenance of Office or Agency.  The Issuer will maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes, this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements may be served. The Issuer initially appoints the Indenture Trustee to serve as its agent for such purposes.  The Issuer will promptly notify the Indenture Trustee of any change in the location of such office or agency. If the Issuer fails to maintain any such office or agency or fails to furnish the Indenture Trustee with the address of such office or agency, such surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer appoints the Indenture Trustee as its agent to receive all such surrenders, notices and demands.

 

Section 3.3.                                 Money for Payments to be Held in Trust.

 

(a)                                 All payments of amounts due and payable with respect to the Notes that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account or any Series Account will be made on behalf of the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or by another Note Paying Agent for the related Series, and no amounts so withdrawn for payments on the Notes may be paid over to or at the direction of the Issuer, except as provided in this Section 3.3 and in the Indenture Supplements.

 

(b)                                 The Indenture Trustee (including, if applicable, in its capacity as Note Paying Agent) will, and will cause each Note Paying Agent (other than the Indenture Trustee itself) for a Series to, execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee an instrument in which such Note Paying Agent agrees with the Indenture Trustee to:

 

11

 

(i)                             hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due on the related Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such sums until such sums are paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as provided in this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement and pay such sums to such Persons as provided in this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement;

 

(ii)                          give the Indenture Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer of which it has actual knowledge in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the related Notes;

 

(iii)                       during the continuance of any such default, upon the request of the Indenture Trustee, immediately pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held in trust by such Note Paying Agent;

 

(iv)                      immediately resign as a Note Paying Agent and immediately pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held by it for the payment of related Notes if it ceases to meet the eligibility standards specified in Section 6.10 with respect to the Indenture Trustee; and

 

(v)                         comply with all requirements of the Code and any State or local tax law with respect to withholding and reporting requirements in connection with payments on the related Notes.

 

(c)                                  The Issuer may by Issuer Order direct any Note Paying Agent to pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held in trust by such Note Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Indenture Trustee upon the same terms as those upon which the sums were held by such Note Paying Agent.  Upon a Note Paying Agent’s payment of all sums held in trust to the Indenture Trustee, such Note Paying Agent will be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

 

(d)                                 Subject to laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money held by the Indenture Trustee or any Note Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable will be discharged from such trust and paid to the Issuer upon Issuer Request.  After such discharge and payment, the Noteholder of such Note will, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment of such amount due and unclaimed (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer), and all liability of the Indenture Trustee or such Note Paying Agent with respect to such money will cease.  However, the Indenture Trustee or such Note Paying Agent, before making any such repayment, will publish once, at the expense and direction of the Issuer, in a newspaper customarily published on each Business Day in the English language and of general circulation in The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified in such notice, which must be at least 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.  The Indenture Trustee will also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Administrator and direction of the Issuer, any other reasonable means of notification of such repayment (including notifying Noteholders whose Notes have been called but have not been surrendered for redemption or whose right to or interest in monies due and payable but not claimed is

 

12

 

determinable from the records of the Indenture Trustee or of any Note Paying Agent of such repayment, at the last address of record for each such Noteholder).

 

Section 3.4.                                 Existence.  The Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer under this Indenture is or becomes, organized under the laws of any other State or of the United States, in which case the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and will obtain and preserve its qualification in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or will be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Indenture Supplements, the Notes, the Collateral and each other instrument or agreement included in the Collateral.

 

Section 3.5.                                 Protection of Collateral.  (a)  The Issuer will (i) execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments to this Indenture and instruments of further assurance and other instruments, (ii) file or authorize and cause to be filed all such financing statements and amendments and continuations of such financing statements and (iii) take such other action, in each case necessary or advisable to:

 

(A)                               maintain or preserve the Lien and security interest (and the priority of such security interest) of this Indenture or carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture;

 

(B)                               perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements;

 

(C)                               enforce any of the Collateral; or

 

(D)                               preserve and defend title to the Collateral and the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Secured Parties in such Collateral against the claims of all Persons.

 

(b)                                 The Issuer authorizes the Administrator and the Indenture Trustee to file any financing or continuation statements, and amendments to such statements, in all jurisdictions and with all filing offices as are necessary or advisable to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of the Indenture Trustee in the Collateral.  Such financing and continuation statements may describe the Collateral in any manner as the Administrator or the Indenture Trustee may reasonably determine to ensure the perfection of the interest of the Indenture Trustee in the Collateral (including describing the Collateral as “all assets” of the Issuer).  The Administrator or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, will deliver to the Issuer file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any such financing statement and continuation statement promptly upon such document becoming available following filing.

 

(c)                                  The Indenture Trustee is under no obligation (i) to make any determination of whether any such financing or continuation statements, and amendments to such statements, are required to be filed pursuant to this Section 3.5 or (ii) to file any such financing or continuation statements, or amendment to such statements, and will not be liable for failure to do so.

 

13

 

Section 3.6.                                 Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables.

 

(a)                                 No Release of Material Covenants or Obligations.  The Issuer will not take any action, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent any action from being taken by others, that would release any Person from any material covenants or obligations under any instrument or agreement included in the Collateral or that would result in the amendment, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except as provided in any Transaction Document.

 

(b)                                 Contracting.  The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, and any performance of such duties by a Person identified to the Indenture Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer will be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer.  As of the date of this Indenture, the Issuer has contracted with the Servicer and the Administrator to assist the Issuer in performing its duties under this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements.

 

(c)                                  Performance of Obligations.  The Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its obligations and agreements contained in the Transaction Documents and in the instruments and agreements included in the Collateral.

 

(d)                                 Servicer Termination Event.  If the Issuer has knowledge of the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event under the Sale and Servicing Agreements, the Issuer will promptly notify the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies of such occurrence, and specify in such notice any action being taken with respect to such occurrence.  If a Servicer Termination Event arises from the failure of the Servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreements with respect to the Receivables, the Issuer will take all reasonable steps available to it to cause the Servicer to remedy such failure.

 

(e)                                  Successor Servicer.  Promptly after any termination of the Servicer’s rights and powers pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreements, the Issuer will notify the Indenture Trustee.  If no Back-up Servicing Agreement is in effect at the time of a termination or resignation of the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreements, the Indenture Trustee will as promptly as practicable appoint an Eligible Servicer as Successor Servicer in accordance with Section 6.2 of the Sale and Servicing Agreements, and such Successor Servicer will accept its appointment by executing an assumption agreement in a form acceptable to the Indenture Trustee.  If a Successor Servicer has not been appointed and accepted its appointment at the time when the Servicer ceases to act as Servicer, the Indenture Trustee without further action will automatically be appointed the Successor Servicer.  The Indenture Trustee may delegate any of its servicing obligations to an Affiliate or agent in accordance with Section 6.2(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreements.  At any time following the appointment of the Indenture Trustee as Successor Servicer, the Indenture Trustee may, and upon the request and at the expense of the Servicer will, petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any Person that is an Eligible Servicer as the Successor Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreements.  The Indenture Trustee will give prompt notice to the Issuer of the appointment of a Successor Servicer, who will promptly notify the Rating Agencies.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreements, in no event will the Indenture Trustee be liable for any Servicing Fee or for any differential in the amount of any Servicing Fee paid under the

 

14

 

Sale and Servicing Agreements and the amount necessary to induce any Person to act as Successor Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreements and the transactions contemplated by the Sale and Servicing Agreements.  Upon its appointment, the Successor Servicer will be the successor in all respects to the predecessor Servicer with respect to servicing functions under the Sale and Servicing Agreements and will, subject to Section 3.3(e) of the Sale and Servicing Agreements, be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities placed on the Servicer by the Sale and Servicing Agreements, and all references in this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement to the Servicer will be deemed to refer to the Successor Servicer.

 

Section 3.7.                                 Negative Covenants.  So long as any Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer will not:

 

(a)                                 except as permitted by any Transaction Document, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any part of the Collateral unless directed to do so by the Indenture Trustee;

 

(b)                                 claim any credit on, or make any deduction from, the principal or interest payable in respect of the Notes (other than amounts withheld from such payments under the Code or any State or local tax law) or assert any claim against any present or former Noteholder by reason of the payment of the taxes levied or assessed upon the Issuer or the Collateral;

 

(c)                                  dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part;

 

(d)                                 permit (i) the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement to be impaired, or permit the Lien of this Indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, except in each case as permitted by this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement, (ii) any Lien other than Permitted Liens to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the Collateral or (iii) the Lien of this Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority security interest in the Collateral (other than with respect to Permitted Liens); or

 

(e)                                  except as otherwise provided in any Transaction Document, amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate or surrender the terms of any Collateral or any of the Transaction Documents without the consent of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance and upon notice by the Issuer to the Rating Agencies.

 

Section 3.8.                                 Opinions as to Collateral.

 

(a)                                 If this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, the Issuer, at its expense, will effect such recording and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Indenture Trustee (which may be counsel to the Issuer or any other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such recording is necessary either for the protection of the Secured Parties or any other Person secured under this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement.

 

(b)                                 On the Series Issuance Date for any Series, the Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that this Indenture and the related Indenture

 

15

 

Supplement and all financing statements and continuation statements have been properly recorded and filed to make effective the Lien intended to be created by this Indenture, and reciting the details of such action, or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to make such Lien effective.

 

(c)                                  On or before April 30 in each calendar year, the Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture and any Indenture Supplement and all financing statements and continuation statements, as is necessary to maintain the Lien of this Indenture, and reciting the details of such action, or to the effect that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain such Lien.

 

Section 3.9.                                 Annual Statement as to Compliance.  The Issuer will deliver to the Indenture Trustee within 90 days after the end of each calendar year, an Officer’s Certificate, dated as of December 31 of the preceding year stating, as to the Responsible Person signing such Officer’s Certificate, that (a) a review of the Issuer’s activities and of its performance under this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements during the preceding calendar year has been made under such Responsible Person’s supervision and (b) to such Responsible Person’s knowledge, based on such review, the Issuer has complied in all material respects with all conditions and covenants to be complied with by the Issuer under this Indenture during the preceding calendar year, or, if there has been a failure to comply in any material respect that is continuing, specifying each such failure known to such Responsible Person and the nature and status of such failure.  If the Issuer is not required to file periodic reports under the Exchange Act or otherwise required by law to file an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer as to compliance, such Officer’s Certificate may be delivered on or before April 30 of each calendar year.  A copy of the Officer’s Certificate referred to in this Section 3.9 may be obtained by any Noteholder or Person certifying it is a Note Owner by a request to the Indenture Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office.  The Issuer’s obligation to deliver an Officer’s Certificate under this Section 3.9 will terminate upon the payment in full of the Notes.

 

Section 3.10.                          Consolidation and Merger; Sale of Assets.  The Issuer will not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or transfer or convey all or substantially all of the assets included in the Collateral to any Person, unless:

 

(a)                                 the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger, or that acquires the properties and assets, (i) is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State and (ii) assumes, by an indenture supplemental to this Indenture, executed and delivered to the Indenture Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all Notes and the performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this Indenture to be performed or observed by the Issuer, all as provided in this Indenture;

 

(b)                                 with respect to a transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets included in the Collateral, the Person that acquires the properties and assets agrees by means of the supplemental indenture executed and delivered pursuant to clause (a) (i) that all right, title and interest so conveyed or transferred will be subject and subordinate to the rights of the

 

16

 

Noteholders, (ii) unless otherwise provided in such supplemental indenture, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer from and against any costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities (including attorneys’ fees) arising under or related to this Indenture, the Indenture Supplements and the Notes and (iii) that such Person will make all filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (and any other appropriate Person) required by the Exchange Act in connection with the Notes;

 

(c)                                  immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, transfer or conveyance, no Default, Event of Default or Amortization Event will have occurred and be continuing;

 

(d)                                 the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to such consolidation, merger, transfer or conveyance;

 

(e)                                  the Issuer has received an Opinion of Counsel (and has delivered copies of such Opinion of Counsel to the Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer or conveyance will not cause (i) any security issued by the Issuer to be deemed sold or exchanged for purposes of Section 1001 of the Code or (ii) the Issuer to be treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

(f)                                   any action that is necessary to maintain the Lien and security interest created by this Indenture has been taken; and

 

(g)                                  the Issuer has delivered to the Depositor, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer or conveyance and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article III and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such consolidation, merger or sale have been complied with (including any filing required by the Exchange Act).

 

Section 3.11.                          Successor or Transferee.

 

(a)                                 Upon any consolidation or merger of the Issuer in accordance with Section 3.10, the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement with the same effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer in this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement.

 

(b)                                 Upon a transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.10, the predecessor Issuer will be released from every covenant and agreement of this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement to be performed or observed by the predecessor Issuer with respect to the Notes immediately upon the delivery of notice to the Indenture Trustee stating that the predecessor Issuer is to be so released.

 

Section 3.12.                          No Other Activities.  The Issuer will not engage in any activities other than financing, acquiring, owning and pledging the Trust Property in the manner contemplated by the Transaction Documents and activities incidental to such activities.

 

17

 

Section 3.13.                          Further Instruments and Acts.  Upon request of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out the purpose of this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements.

 

Section 3.14.                          Restricted Payments.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, (i) make any distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise) to the Owner Trustee or any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or otherwise with respect to any ownership or equity interest or security in or of the Issuer or to the Servicer or the Administrator, (ii) redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any such ownership or equity interest or security or (iii) set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding Section 3.14(a), the Issuer may make payments to the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Administrator, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the Depositors to the extent contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

(c)                                  The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, make payments to or distributions from the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account, the Back-up Servicer Reserve Account or any Series Account except in accordance with this Indenture, the Indenture Supplements and the other Transaction Documents.

 

Section 3.15.                          Notice of Events of Default.  The Issuer will notify the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and the Rating Agencies within five Business Days after a Responsible Person of the Issuer has actual knowledge of an Event of Default.

 

Section 3.16.                          Representations and Warranties of the Issuer as to Security Interest.  The Issuer represents and warrants to the Indenture Trustee as of the date of this Indenture and as of the Series Issuance Date for any Series:

 

(a)                                 Except as may be permitted in the Transaction Documents, this Indenture creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Collateral in favor of the Indenture Trustee, which security interest is prior to all other Liens other than Permitted Liens, and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer.

 

(b)                                 The Seller has represented that it has taken all steps necessary to perfect the security interest against each obligor in the Vehicles securing the Receivables.

 

(c)                                  All of the Permitted Investments have been and will be credited to a Securities Account.  The securities intermediary for each Securities Account has agreed to treat all assets credited to the Securities Accounts as “financial assets” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.  The Collateral (other than those Permitted Investments which have been credited to a Securities Account) constitutes “tangible chattel paper,” “accounts,” “payment intangibles” and/or “general intangibles” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

 

(d)                                 The Issuer owns and has good and marketable title to the Collateral free and clear of any Lien other than Permitted Liens.  The Issuer has received all consents and approvals

 

18

 

required by the terms of the Collateral to Grant to the Indenture Trustee all of its interest and rights in the Collateral, except to the extent that any requirement for consent or approval is rendered ineffective under the applicable UCC.

 

(e)                                  The Issuer has caused the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest Granted in the Collateral to the Indenture Trustee.  Ford or Ford Credit has in its possession all original copies of the sale or financing agreements that constitute or evidence the Receivables and will hold all such agreements or related documents for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee.  Such agreements do not have any marks or notations indicating that they have been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Indenture Trustee.

 

(f)                                   The Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee a fully executed Control Agreement and, on each Closing Date for a Series, will deliver a fully executed Series Account Control Agreement, pursuant to which the securities intermediary has agreed to comply with all instructions originated by the Indenture Trustee relating to the related Securities Accounts without further consent by the Issuer.

 

(g)                                  Other than the security interest Granted to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Collateral.  The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of collateral covering any part of the Collateral, other than any financing statements relating to the security interest Granted to the Indenture Trustee or financing statements relating to Permitted Liens.  The Issuer is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against it.

 

(h)                                 The Securities Accounts are not in the name of any Person other than the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee.  The Issuer has not consented to the securities intermediary of any Securities Account complying with entitlement orders of any Person other than the Indenture Trustee.

 

(i)                                     All financing statements filed or to be filed against the Issuer, or any assignor of which the Issuer is the assignee, in favor of the Indenture Trustee in connection with this Indenture describing the Collateral contain a statement substantially to the following effect: “The purchase of or grant of a security interest in any collateral described in this financing statement will violate the rights of the Secured Parties.”

 

The representations and warranties in this Section 3.16 (i) will survive the termination of this Indenture and any Indenture Supplement and (ii) may not be waived by the Indenture Trustee.

 

Section 3.17.                          Audits of the Issuer.  The Issuer agrees that, with reasonable prior notice, it will permit any authorized representative of the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer or the Administrator, during the Issuer’s normal business hours, to examine and audit the books of account, records, reports and other documents and materials of the Issuer relating to the performance of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements.  In

 

19

 

addition, the Issuer will permit such representatives to make copies and extracts of any such books and records and to discuss the same with the Issuer’s officers and registered public accountants.  Each of the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and the Administrator will, and will cause its authorized representatives to, hold in confidence all such information except to the extent (a) disclosure may be required by law (and all reasonable applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) or (b) that the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer or the Administrator, as the case may be, reasonably determines that such disclosure is consistent with its obligations under this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements.

 

Section 3.18.                          Representations and Warranties of the Issuer.  The Issuer represents and warrants to the Indenture Trustee as of the date of this Indenture and as of the Series Issuance Date for any Series:

 

(a)                                 Organization and Qualification.  The Issuer is a statutory trust duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(b)                                 Power, Authorization and Enforceability.  The Issuer has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform the terms this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement.  The Issuer has authorized the execution, delivery and performance of the terms of this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement.  This Indenture and such Indenture Supplement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer, except as may be limited by insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general equitable principles.

 

(c)                                  No Conflicts and No Violation.  The execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement, the consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement and the compliance by the Issuer with this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement will not (i) violate any Delaware State law, governmental rule or regulation applicable to the Issuer or any judgment or decree binding on it or (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, guarantee or similar agreement or instrument under which the Issuer is a debtor or guarantor, in each case which conflict, breach, default, Lien, or violation would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Issuer’s ability to perform its obligations under this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement.

 

(d)                                 No Proceedings.  To the Issuer’s knowledge, there are no proceedings or investigations pending or overtly threatened in writing before any court or other governmental authority of the State of Delaware: (i) asserting the invalidity of any of the Transaction Documents or the Notes of the related Series, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of such Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Trust Property or the Issuer’s ability to perform its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability any of the Transaction Documents or such Notes.

 

(e)                                  Investment Company Act.  The Issuer is not an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act.

 

20

 

ARTICLE IV
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 4.1.                                 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture and Indenture Supplements.

 

(a)                                 Subject to Section 4.1(b), this Indenture and the Indenture Supplement for a Series will cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes of such Series, and the Indenture Trustee, upon Issuer Order and at the expense of the Issuer, will execute proper instruments, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture (as it relates to such Series only) and such Indenture Supplement, if:

 

(i)                             all Notes of such Series that have been authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.5 and (B) Notes for which payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 3.3) have been delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation;

 

(ii)                          the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by it relating to such Series under this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement; and

 

(iii)                       the Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) have been complied with.

 

(b)                                 After the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the Indenture Supplement for a Series pursuant to Section 4.1(a), this Indenture will continue with respect to such Series as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) the rights of Noteholders to receive payments of principal of and interest on the Notes, (iv) Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, 3.10, 3.12, 3.13, 3.14 and 3.15, (v) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement and (vi) the rights of the Secured Parties as beneficiaries of this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement with respect to the property deposited with the Indenture Trustee payable to all or any of them for a period of two years following such satisfaction and discharge.

 

(c)                                  Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the Indenture Supplement for a Series pursuant to this Section 4.1, at the request of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee will deliver to the Owner Trustee a certificate of a Responsible Person stating that all Noteholders of such Series have been paid in full.

 

21

 

ARTICLE V
 AMORTIZATION EVENTS; DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

 

Section 5.1.                                 Amortization Events; Events of Default.

 

(a)                                 Trust Amortization Events.  If any of the following events (each, a “Trust Amortization Event”) occurs:

 

(i)                             the failure by either Depositor to sell to the Issuer Receivables originated in Additional Accounts within ten Business Days after the date such Depositor is required to do so pursuant to Section 2.6(a) of the related Sale and Servicing Agreement;

 

(ii)                          the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to either Depositor or, unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to the removal of Ford Credit or Ford from this clause (ii), the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to Ford Credit or Ford; or

 

(iii)                       the Issuer becomes subject to regulation as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act;

 

then an Amortization Event with respect to all Series will be deemed to have occurred without any action on the part of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.  Upon the occurrence of an Amortization Event, an Early Amortization Period will commence for all Series and payment on the Notes of each Series will be made in accordance with the related Indenture Supplement.

 

(b)                                 Events of Default.  The occurrence of any of the following events with respect to a Series will constitute an event of default for such Series (each, an “Event of Default”) under this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement:

 

(i)                             failure to pay interest due and payable on any Note of such Series when the same becomes payable, and such failure continues for a period of 35 days; or

 

(ii)                          failure to pay the principal of any Note of such Series on its Final Maturity Date; or

 

(iii)                       failure to observe or perform any material covenant or agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement (other than covenants and agreements as to which the failure to observe or perform is specifically covered elsewhere in this Section 5.1(b)), or any representation or warranty of the Issuer made in this Indenture, the related Indenture Supplement or any Officer’s Certificate delivered in connection with such Series proves to have been incorrect in any material respect as of the time made and, in each case, such failure or incorrectness has an Adverse Effect on the Noteholders of such Series and continues for 60 days after notice was given to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by the Noteholders of at least 25% of the Note Balance of such Series specifying such failure or incorrectness and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”; or

 

22

 

(iv)                      the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Issuer; or

 

(v)                         any other Event of Default with respect to such Series described in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

(c)                                  The Issuer will notify the Indenture Trustee within five Business Days after a Responsible Person of the Issuer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of an event set forth in Section 5.1(b)(iii) or (iv) which with the giving of notice and the lapse of time would become an Event of Default with respect to a Series, which notice will describe such Default, the status of such Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect to such Default.  The Issuer will send a copy of such notice to each Qualified Institution (if not the Indenture Trustee) maintaining the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account or any Series Account for an affected Series.

 

(d)                                 The Indenture Trustee will notify the Noteholders of any affected Series within five Business Days after a Responsible Person of the Indenture Trustee has actual knowledge of the occurrence of an Amortization Event or an Event of Default with respect to such Series.

 

Section 5.2.                                 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission.

 

(a)                                 If an Event of Default with respect to a Series described in Section 5.1(b)(i), (ii), (iii) or (v) occurs and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance of such Series may declare all of the Notes of such Series to be immediately due and payable, by notice to the Issuer (and to the Indenture Trustee if given by the Noteholders).  Upon any such declaration, the unpaid Note Balance of the Notes of such Series, together with accrued and unpaid interest through the date of acceleration, will become immediately due and payable.  If an Event of Default described in Section 5.1(b)(iv) occurs, all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes of each Series, and all other amounts payable in respect of each Series under this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements, will automatically become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder of any Series.  Upon any such declaration or automatic acceleration (i) the Indenture Trustee will promptly notify each Noteholder of each affected Series and each Qualified Institution (if not the Indenture Trustee) maintaining the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account or any Series Account for an affected Series, and (ii) an Early Amortization Period for each affected Series will commence.

 

(b)                                 The Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance of each affected Series, by notice to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, may rescind a declaration of acceleration of maturity of the Notes of such Series and its consequences before a judgment or decree for payment of the amount due has been obtained by the Indenture Trustee as provided in this Article V in respect of such Series if:

 

(i)                             the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Indenture Trustee an amount sufficient to (A) pay all principal of and interest on the Notes of such Series and all other amounts that would then be due under this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement or upon such Notes if the Event of Default with respect to such Series giving rise to such acceleration had not occurred, (B) pay all amounts owed to the Indenture

 

23

 

Trustee under Section 6.7 in respect of such Series, and (C) pay all other outstanding fees and expenses of the Issuer in respect of or otherwise allocable to such Series, and

 

(ii)                          all Events of Default with respect to such Series, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Notes of such Series that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.14.

 

No such rescission will affect any subsequent default or impair any right resulting from such rescission.

 

Section 5.3.                                 Collection of Indebtedness by the Indenture Trustee.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer covenants that if an Event of Default with respect to a Series under Section 5.1(b)(i) or (ii) occurs and continues, the Issuer, upon demand of the Indenture Trustee, will pay to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders of such Series, such overdue amount with interest on any overdue principal at the rate of interest then applicable to the Notes of such Series and, to the extent lawful, with interest on any overdue interest at such interest rate.  In addition, the Issuer covenants to pay the costs and expenses of collection, including all amounts owed to the Indenture Trustee under Section 6.7 in respect of or otherwise allocable to such Series.

 

(b)                                 If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Indenture Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such Proceeding to final judgment, and may enforce the same against the Issuer and collect the monies adjudged to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the Collateral allocable to such Series.

 

Section 5.4.                                 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

(a)                                 If there is pending, relative to the Issuer, Proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or in case a trustee, liquidator, receiver or similar official has been appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or its property, the Indenture Trustee, irrespective of whether the Indenture Trustee has made any demand pursuant to Section 5.3, may:

 

(i)                             file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties allowed in such Proceedings (including any amounts due to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 6.7);

 

(ii)                          unless prohibited by applicable law, vote on behalf of the Secured Parties in any election of a trustee, a standby trustee or a Person performing similar functions in any such Proceedings;

 

(iii)                       collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and pay all amounts received with respect to the claims of the Secured Parties, including such claims asserted by the Indenture Trustee on their behalf; and

 

24

 

(iv)                      file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee and any Secured Parties allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property.

 

Any trustee, liquidator, receiver or similar official in any such Proceeding is authorized by each Noteholder to make payments to the Indenture Trustee, and, if the Indenture Trustee consents to the making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to the Indenture Trustee an amount sufficient to cover all amounts owed to the Indenture Trustee under Section 6.7.

 

(b)                                 Except as provided in Section 5.4(a)(ii), this Indenture does not authorize the Indenture Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Noteholder to authorize the Indenture Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such Proceeding.

 

Section 5.5.                                 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes.

 

(a)                                 All rights of action and claims under this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Indenture Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production of any of the Notes in any Proceeding relative to any of the Notes, and any such Proceeding instituted by the Indenture Trustee will be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the amounts owed to the Indenture Trustee under Section 6.7, will be for the benefit of the Secured Parties in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

(b)                                 In any Proceeding brought by the Indenture Trustee (and any Proceeding involving the interpretation of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement to which the Indenture Trustee is a party), the Indenture Trustee will be held to represent all the Noteholders of each affected Series, and it will not be necessary to make any Noteholder a party to any such Proceeding.

 

Section 5.6.                                 Remedies; Priorities.

 

(a)                                 If the Notes of a Series have been accelerated under Section 5.2(a), the Indenture Trustee may do one or more of the following (subject to Section 5.7), and will upon direction by the Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance of such Series:

 

(i)                             institute a Proceeding in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable on the Notes of such Series or under this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement with respect to such Series, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Issuer monies adjudged due;

 

(ii)                          institute a Proceeding for the complete or partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to all or any portion of the Collateral allocable to such Series;

 

25

 

(iii)                       exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC and take any other action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders of the affected Series; and

 

(iv)                      sell or otherwise liquidate all or any portion of the Collateral allocable to such Series at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law.

 

The Indenture Trustee will notify each affected Noteholder and the Depositors of any sale or liquidation pursuant to Section 5.6(a)(iv) at least 15 days before such sale or liquidation.  Any such Noteholder or either Depositor may submit a bid with respect to such sale or liquidation.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding Section 5.6(a), the Indenture Trustee is prohibited from selling or otherwise liquidating the Collateral allocable to a Series unless, in respect of such Series:

 

(i)                       the Event of Default is described in Section 5.1(b)(i) or (ii);

 

(ii)                    the Event of Default is described in Section 5.1(b)(iii) or (v) and:

 

(A)                               the Noteholders representing 100% of the Note Balance of such Series consent to such sale or liquidation; or

 

(B)                               the proceeds of such sale or liquidation are expected to be sufficient to pay in full all amounts owed by the Issuer to the related Noteholders and other Secured Parties of such Series, including all principal of and accrued interest on the Outstanding Notes of such Series; or

 

(iii)                 the Event of Default is described in Section 5.1(b)(iv) and:

 

(A)                               the Noteholders representing 100% of the Note Balance of such Series consent to such sale or liquidation;

 

(B)                               the proceeds of such sale or liquidation are expected to be sufficient to pay in full all amounts owed by the Issuer to the related Noteholders and other Secured Parties of such Series, including all principal of and accrued interest on the Outstanding Notes of such Series; or

 

(C)                               the Indenture Trustee (1) determines (but will have no obligation to make such determination) that such Collateral will not continue to provide sufficient funds for the payment of all amounts owed to the Noteholders and other Secured Parties of such Series, as those payments would have become due if the Notes of such Series had not been declared due and payable, and (2) obtains the consent of Noteholders of at least 66-2/3% of the Note Balance of such Series.

 

In determining whether the condition specified in Section 5.6(b)(ii)(B), (iii)(B) or (iii)(C)(1) has been satisfied, the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of a nationally recognized Independent investment banking firm or firm of certified

 

26

 

public accountants as to the expected proceeds or as to the sufficiency of the relevant Collateral for such purpose.

 

(c)                                  Any money or property collected by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Article V following the acceleration of the Notes of the affected Series pursuant to Section 5.3 (so long as such declaration have not been rescinded in accordance with Section 5.2(b)) will be treated as Collections and paid, together with any amounts then held in the Collection Account, Excess Funding Account or any Series Account for such Series, as payments to the Secured Parties of such Series in accordance with this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement.  Following the sale of all of the Collateral allocable to a Series and the application of the amounts then held in the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account and any Series Account for such Series as are allocated to such Series, such Series will no longer be entitled to any allocation of Collections or other property constituting the Collateral under this Indenture, the related Indenture Supplement and the Notes of such Series will no longer be Outstanding.

 

Section 5.7.                                 Optional Preservation of the Collateral.  If the Notes of a Series have been accelerated under Section 5.2(a) and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded in accordance with Section 5.2(b), the Indenture Trustee may elect to maintain possession of the Collateral allocable to such Series.  It is the intention of the parties to this Indenture and the Noteholders that there at all times be sufficient funds derived from the Collateral for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes.  The Indenture Trustee will take such intention into account when determining whether or not to maintain possession of all or any portion of the Collateral allocable to such Series.  In determining whether to maintain possession of all or any portion of the Collateral allocable to such Series, the Indenture Trustee may obtain and rely upon an opinion of a nationally recognized Independent investment banking firm or firm of certified public accountants as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of such Collateral for such purpose.

 

Section 5.8.                                 Limitation on Suits.

 

(a)                                 No Noteholder has any right to institute any Proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement, unless:

 

(i)                             such Noteholder has given notice to the Indenture Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(ii)                          the Noteholders of at least 25% of the Note Balance of each affected Series have requested the Indenture Trustee to institute such Proceeding in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Indenture Trustee under this Indenture;

 

(iii)                       such Noteholders have offered reasonable indemnity satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee against any costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities that may be incurred by the Indenture Trustee, or its agents, counsel, accountants and experts, in complying with such request;

 

(iv)                      the Indenture Trustee has failed to institute such Proceedings for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity; and

 

27

 

(v)                         the Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance of each affected Series have not given the Indenture Trustee any direction inconsistent with such request during such 60 day period.

 

(b)                                 No Noteholder has any right to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Noteholder or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Noteholder or to enforce any right under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, except with respect to Notes of the same Series and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement.

 

(c)                                  If the Indenture Trustee receives conflicting requests pursuant to Section 5.8(a)(ii) from two or more groups of Noteholders of an affected Series, each evidencing less than a majority of the Note Balance of such Series, the Indenture Trustee in its sole discretion may determine what action, if any, will be taken.

 

Section 5.9.                                 Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, each Noteholder has an absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and any interest on its Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, in this Indenture or in the related Indenture Supplement, and to institute a Proceeding for the enforcement of any such payment in accordance with Section 5.8.  Such rights may not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Noteholder.

 

Section 5.10.                          Restoration of Rights and Remedies.  If, in respect of a Series, the Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder of such Series has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Indenture Trustee or to such Noteholder, then the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders of such Series, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, will be restored severally and respectively to their former positions under this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement, as the case may be, and subsequently all rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee and such Noteholders in respect of such Series will continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

 

Section 5.11.                          Rights and Remedies Cumulative.  No right or remedy conferred upon or reserved to the Indenture Trustee or to the Noteholders in this Indenture or an Indenture Supplement is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy, to the extent permitted by law, will be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given under this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement or now or in the future existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy under this Indenture or an Indenture Supplement, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.  The Indenture Trustee’s right to seek and recover judgment on the Notes of a Series or under this Indenture or a related Indenture Supplement will not be affected by the seeking, obtaining or application of any other relief in respect of such Series under or with respect to this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement.  Neither the Lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders of a Series will be impaired by the recovery of any judgment by the Indenture

 

28

 

Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such judgment upon any of the Collateral.

 

Section 5.12.                          Delay or Omission Not a Waiver.  No delay or omission of the Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Default or Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default.  Every right and remedy conferred by this Article V or by law to the Indenture Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Indenture Trustee or by the Noteholders, as the case may be.

 

Section 5.13.                          Control by Noteholders.  The Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance of a Series have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding in respect of such Series for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee with respect to the related Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Indenture Trustee with respect to the related Notes; provided, that:

 

(a)                                 such direction does not conflict with any law or with this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement;

 

(b)                                 except as provided in Section 5.6(b), any direction to the Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Collateral allocable to a Series must be made by the Noteholders of 100% of the Note Balance of such Series;

 

(c)                                  if the Indenture Trustee elects to retain the Collateral allocable to a Series pursuant to Section 5.7, then any direction to the Indenture Trustee by Noteholders of less than 100% of the Note Balance of such Series to sell or liquidate such Collateral will be of no force and effect; and

 

(d)                                 the Indenture Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Indenture Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction from the Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance of such Series.

 

Notwithstanding the rights of Noteholders of a Series set forth in this Section 5.13, the Indenture Trustee need not take any action that it determines might materially adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders of such Series not consenting to such action.

 

Section 5.14.                          Waiver of Defaults and Events of Default.

 

(a)                                 The Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance of a Series may waive any Default or Event of Default with respect to such Series and its consequences except an Event of Default (i) in the payment of principal of or interest on any of the Notes of such Series (other than an Event of Default relating to failure to pay principal due only by reason of acceleration) or (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision of this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement that cannot be amended, supplemented or modified without the consent of all Noteholders of such Series.

 

(b)                                 Upon any such waiver, such Default or Event of Default with respect to a Series will be deemed not to have occurred for every purpose of this Indenture and the related Indenture

 

29

 

Supplement.  No such waiver will extend to any other Default or Event of Default with respect to such Series or impair any right relating to any other Default or Event of Default with respect to such Series.

 

Section 5.15.                          Undertaking for Costs.  The parties to this Indenture agree, and each Noteholder by such Noteholder’s acceptance of a Note will be deemed to have agreed, that a court may in its discretion require, in any Proceeding for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or an Indenture Supplement, or in any Proceeding against the Indenture Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Indenture Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such Proceeding of an undertaking to pay the costs of such Proceeding, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such Proceeding.  This Section 5.15 will not apply to (a) any Proceeding instituted by the Indenture Trustee, (b) any Proceeding instituted by any Noteholder or group of Noteholders holding more than 10% of the Note Balance of a Series, or (c) any Proceeding instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of principal of or interest on any Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, in this Indenture or in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Section 5.16.                          Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.  The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not insist upon, or plead or in any manner claim, or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power in this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement granted to the Indenture Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

Section 5.17.                          Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations.

 

(a)                                 At the Administrator’s expense, the Issuer will promptly take all such lawful action as the Indenture Trustee may request to (i) compel the performance by (A) the Depositors and the Servicer of their obligations to the Issuer under the Sale and Servicing Agreements or (B) the Seller and the Depositors of their obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreements and (ii) exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims lawfully available to the Issuer under such agreements to the extent and in the manner directed by the Indenture Trustee.

 

(b)                                 If an Event of Default with respect to a Series has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee may, and at the direction of the Noteholders of at least 66-2/3% of the Note Balance of the affected Series will, exercise all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer against (i) the Depositors and the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreements or (ii) the Seller and the Depositors under the Receivables Purchase Agreements, including the right or power to take any action to compel or secure performance or observance by such Persons of their obligations to the Issuer under such agreements, and to give any consent, request, notice, direction, approval, extension or waiver under such agreements, and any right of the Issuer to take such action will be suspended.

 

30

 

ARTICLE VI
 THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

 

Section 6.1.                                 Duties of Indenture Trustee.

 

(a)                                 If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee will exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b)                                 Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)                             the Indenture Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements and no implied covenants or obligations are to be read into this Indenture against the Indenture Trustee; and

 

(ii)                          in the absence of bad faith or negligence on its part, the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions furnished to it, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to it and, if required by this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, conforming to the requirements of this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement; provided that the Indenture Trustee will examine any such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement.

 

(c)                                  The Indenture Trustee will not be relieved from liability for its own willful misconduct, negligent action or negligent failure to act, except that:

 

(i)                             this Section 6.1(c) does not limit the effect of Section 6.1(b);

 

(ii)                          the Indenture Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Person unless it is proved that the Indenture Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(iii)                       the Indenture Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with this Indenture or a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 5.13 and 5.17(b).

 

(d)                                 The Indenture Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Indenture Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

 

(e)                                  Money held in trust by the Indenture Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law, this Indenture, the Indenture Supplements or the other Transaction Documents.

 

(f)                                   Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Indenture Trustee is subject to this Section 6.1 and to the TIA.

 

31

 

(g)                                  The Indenture Trustee will not be charged with knowledge of any Default or any Event of Default with respect to a Series unless either (i) a Responsible Person of the Indenture Trustee has actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (ii) notice of such Default or Event of Default has been given to the Indenture Trustee in accordance with this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement.

 

(h)                                 The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Indenture Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and will be enforceable by, the Indenture Trustee in each of its capacities under this Indenture and the other Transaction Documents.

 

Section 6.2.                                 Rights of Indenture Trustee.

 

(a)                                 The Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely and will be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent or other document believed by it to be genuine and which appears on its face to be properly executed and signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Indenture Trustee need not investigate any fact or matters stated in any such document.

 

(b)                                 Before the Indenture Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel.  The Indenture Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(c)                                  The Indenture Trustee may exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement or perform any duties under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement either directly or by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian or nominee, and the Indenture Trustee will not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such agent, counsel, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.

 

(d)                                 The Indenture Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers if such action or omission by the Indenture Trustee does not constitute negligence.

 

(e)                                  The Indenture Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture, the Indenture Supplements and the Notes will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability with respect to any action taken or not taken by the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f)                                   The Indenture Trustee is under no obligation to (i) exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement or to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of its duties under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement if it has reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of funds advanced by it or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it or (ii) honor the request or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement unless such Noteholders have offered to the

 

32

 

Indenture Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it from and against the reasonable costs, expenses, disbursements, advances and liabilities that might be incurred by the Indenture Trustee, or its agents, counsel, accountants and experts, in complying with such request or direction.

 

(g)                                  The Indenture Trustee will not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, but the Indenture Trustee will use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

(h)                                 The Indenture Trustee will not be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Indenture Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

Section 6.3.                                 Individual Rights of Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any of its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Indenture Trustee.  Any Note Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Authenticating Agent, co-registrar or co-paying agent under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement may do the same with like rights.

 

Section 6.4.                                 Indenture Trustee’s Disclaimer.  The Indenture Trustee (a) will not be responsible for, and makes no representation or warranty as to, the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement or the Notes and (b) will not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, or responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture, or any Indenture Supplement or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Indenture Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

 

Section 6.5.                                 Notice of Defaults.  Within 90 days of a Responsible Person of the Indenture Trustee obtaining actual knowledge of, or receiving notice of, any Default under this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee will mail as described in Section 313(c) of the TIA to each Noteholder, notice of such Default, unless such Default has been cured or waived; provided that (a) except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of or interest on any Note, the Indenture Trustee may withhold such notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Persons in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Noteholders of the affected Series and (b) in the case of any Default with respect to a Series specified in Section 5.1(b)(iii), the Indenture Trustee will not give notice to the related Noteholders until at least 30 days after a Responsible Person of the Indenture Trustee has obtained actual knowledge of, or has received notice of, such Default.

 

33

 

Section 6.6.                                 Reports by Indenture Trustee.

 

(a)                                 Upon delivery to the Indenture Trustee by the Servicer of the information prepared by the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.4 of the Sale and Servicing Agreements to enable each Noteholder to prepare its federal and State income tax returns, the Indenture Trustee will deliver the relevant portions of such information to each Noteholder of record as of the most recent Record Date (which delivery may be made by making such information available to the Noteholders through the Indenture Trustee’s website, which initially is located at www.absreporting.com).

 

(b)                                 On each Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee will deliver the Monthly Investor Report to each Noteholder of record as of the most recent Record Date (which delivery may be made by e-mail to the e-mail addresses in the Note Register without need for confirmation of receipt or by making such report available to the Noteholders through the Indenture Trustee’s website, which initially is located at www.absreporting.com).

 

(c)                                  If required by Regulation AB and requested by either Depositor or the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee will deliver to the Depositors, the Owner Trustee and the Servicer on or before March 1 of each year, an Officer’s Certificate, dated as of December 31 of the preceding calendar year, signed by a Responsible Person of the Indenture Trustee (i) to the effect that (A) a review of the Indenture Trustee’s activities during the preceding calendar year and of its performance under this Indenture has been made under such Responsible Person’s supervision and (B) to such Responsible Person’s knowledge, based on such review, the Indenture Trustee has fulfilled in all material respects all of its obligations under this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements throughout such calendar year, or, if there has been a failure to fulfill any such obligation in any material respect, specifically identifying each such failure known to such Responsible Person and the nature and status of such failure and (ii) certifying to matters related to the Indenture Trustee as required under Form 10-K under the Exchange Act.  If the Issuer is not required to file periodic reports under the Exchange Act or otherwise required by law to file an Officer’s Certificate of the Indenture Trustee as to compliance, such Officer’s Certificate may be delivered on or before April 1 of each calendar year.

 

(d)                                 If required under Regulation AB, the Indenture Trustee will:

 

(i)                             deliver to the Depositors, the Owner Trustee and the Servicer, a report, dated as of December 31 of the preceding calendar year, on its assessment of compliance with the minimum servicing criteria described in Items 1122(d)(2)(i), (2)(ii), (2)(iv), (2)(v), (3)(ii) (with respect to remittances only) and (3)(iv) of Regulation AB (the “Applicable Servicing Criteria”) during the preceding calendar year, including disclosure of any material instance of non-compliance identified by the Indenture Trustee, as required by Rule 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB under the Securities Act.  Such report on assessment will be addressed to the board of directors of the Servicer and to the Depositors and Owner Trustee; and

 

(ii)                          cause a firm of registered public accountants that is qualified and independent within the meaning of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act to deliver to the Depositors, Owner Trustee and the Servicer an attestation report that

 

34

 

satisfies the requirements of Rule 13a-18 or Rule 15d-18 under the Exchange Act, as applicable, on the assessment of compliance with the Applicable Servicing Criteria with respect to the prior calendar year.  Such attestation report will be in accordance with Rules 1-02(a)(3) and 2-02(g) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.  The firm may render other services to the Indenture Trustee, but the firm must indicate in each attestation report that it is qualified and independent within the meaning of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

 

The reports referred to in this Section 6.6(d) will be delivered on before March 1 of each year, in a format suitable for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission on EDGAR, unless the Issuer is not required to file periodic reports under the Exchange Act or any other law, in which case the reports will be delivered on or before April 1 of each calendar year.

 

(e)                                  Each of the parties agrees that (i) the obligations of the parties under Sections 6.6(c) and (d) will be interpreted in such a manner as to accomplish compliance with Regulation AB and (ii) the parties’ obligations under Sections 6.6(c) and (d) will be deemed to be supplemented and modified as necessary to be consistent with any such amendments, interpretive guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff or established market practice among participants in the asset-backed securities markets in respect of the requirements of Regulation AB, and the parties will comply with reasonable requests made by the Depositors, the Servicer or the Indenture Trustee in good faith for delivery of additional or different information required to comply with the provisions of Regulation AB.

 

If the parties to this Indenture determine to further clarify or amend Sections 6.6(c) or (d), this Indenture may be amended to reflect the new agreement between the parties covering matters in Sections 6.6(c) or (d) pursuant to Section 9.1(a), which amendment will not require the delivery of any Opinions of Counsel or satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.

 

Section 6.7.                                 Compensation and Indemnity.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer will pay the Indenture Trustee as compensation for the Indenture Trustee’s services under this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements such fees as have been separately agreed upon on the date of this Indenture between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer will reimburse the Indenture Trustee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by the Indenture Trustee, including costs of collection, and the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of the Indenture Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts, but excluding any expenses incurred by the Indenture Trustee through the Indenture Trustee’s willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence (except for errors in judgment).

 

(b)                                 The Issuer will, or will cause the Administrator to, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Indenture Trustee, and its respective officers, directors, employees and agents, from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities (including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of the Indenture Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts) incurred by it in connection with the administration of and the performance of its duties under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplements, including the costs

 

35

 

and expenses of defending itself against any loss, damage, claim or liability incurred by it in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, but excluding any cost, expense, loss, damage, claim or liability (i) incurred by the Indenture Trustee through the Indenture Trustee’s willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence (except for errors in judgment) or (ii) arising out of the Indenture Trustee’s breach of any of its representations or warranties set forth in this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.

 

(c)                                  Promptly upon receipt by the Indenture Trustee, or any of its officers, directors, employees and agents (each, an “Indemnified Person”), of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding against any such Indemnified Person, such Indemnified Person will, if a claim in respect of such Proceeding is to be made under Section 6.7(b), notify the Issuer and the Administrator of the commencement of such Proceeding.  Failure by the Indenture Trustee to so notify the Issuer and the Administrator will not relieve the Issuer or the Administrator of its obligations under this Section 6.7; provided that neither the Issuer nor the Administrator has been materially prejudiced by such failure to so notify and notice is given within 180 days of a Responsible Person of the Indenture Trustee learning of such Proceeding.  The Issuer, or, if Issuer so causes, the Administrator, may participate in and assume the defense and settlement of any such Proceeding at its expense, and no settlement of such Proceeding may be made without the approval of the Issuer or the Administrator, as applicable, and such Indemnified Person, which approvals will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.  After notice from the Issuer or the Administrator, as applicable, to the Indemnified Person of the intention of the Issuer or the Administrator, as applicable, to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person, and so long as the Issuer or the Administrator, as applicable, so assumes the defense of such Proceeding in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person, neither the Issuer nor the Administrator will be liable for any legal expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Person unless there is a conflict between the interests of the Issuer or the Administrator, as applicable, on one hand, and an Indemnified Person, on the other hand, in which case the Issuer or the Administrator, will pay for the separate counsel to the Indemnified Person.

 

(d)                                 The obligations of the Issuer and the Administrator to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.7 will survive the resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and the discharge of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.  Expenses incurred by the Indenture Trustee after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 5.1(b)(iv) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

Section 6.8.                                 Replacement of Indenture Trustee.

 

(a)                                 No resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee, and no appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee, will become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.8.  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Indenture Trustee may resign by notifying the Issuer.  The Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance of the Notes may remove the Indenture Trustee without cause by notifying the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer and may appoint a successor Indenture Trustee.

 

36

 

(b)                                 The Issuer must remove the Indenture Trustee if:

 

(i)                             the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

 

(ii)                          an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to the Indenture Trustee; or

 

(iii)                       the Indenture Trustee becomes legally unable to act or otherwise incapable of acting as Indenture Trustee.

 

(c)                                  If the Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Indenture Trustee for any reason, the Issuer must appoint a successor Indenture Trustee promptly.

 

(d)                                 Any successor Indenture Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and the Administrator.  Upon delivery of such acceptance, the resignation or removal of the retiring Indenture Trustee will become effective, and the successor Indenture Trustee will have all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement.  The Issuer will continue to pay all amounts owed to the retiring Indenture Trustee in accordance with Sections 6.7 and 8.2 following the retiring Indenture Trustee’s resignation or removal until all such amounts are paid.  The successor Indenture Trustee will deliver a notice of its succession to the Secured Parties.  The retiring Indenture Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Indenture Trustee to the successor Indenture Trustee.

 

(e)                                  If a successor Indenture Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Indenture Trustee tenders its resignation or is removed, the retiring Indenture Trustee, the Issuer or the Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance of the Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

 

(f)                                   Notwithstanding the replacement of the retiring Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.8, any obligations of the Issuer and the Administrator owing to the retiring Indenture Trustee under Section 6.7 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Indenture Trustee.

 

Section 6.9.                                 Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger.

 

(a)                                 If the Indenture Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association will be the successor Indenture Trustee so long as such corporation or banking association is otherwise qualified and eligible under Section 6.11.  The Indenture Trustee will promptly notify the Servicer and the Issuer (who will notify the Rating Agencies) of any such transaction.

 

(b)                                 If, at the time any such successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Indenture Trustee succeeds to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes have been authenticated but not delivered, such successor may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Indenture Trustee and deliver such Notes so authenticated.  If at such time any of the Notes have not been authenticated, any successor to the Indenture Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor Indenture Trustee or in the name of such successor

 

37

 

Indenture Trustee.  In all such cases, such certificates will have the same force and effect provided for anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement as the certificate of the predecessor Indenture Trustee.

 

Section 6.10.                          Appointment of Separate Indenture Trustee or Co-Indenture Trustee.

 

(a)                                 For the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Collateral may at the time be located, after delivering notice to the Issuer and the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee may appoint one or more Persons to act as a separate trustee or separate trustees, or co-trustee or co-trustees, of all or any part of the Collateral, and to vest in such Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, such title to all or any part of the Collateral, and, subject to this Section 6.10, such rights, powers, duties and obligations as the Indenture Trustee may consider necessary or desirable.  No separate trustee or co-trustee will be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 6.11 and no notice to the Secured Parties of the appointment of any separate trustee or co-trustee will be required under Section 6.8.

 

(b)                                 Every separate trustee and co-trustee will, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following:

 

(i)                             all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Indenture Trustee will be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Indenture Trustee, or the Indenture Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee will not be authorized to act separately without the Indenture Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the Indenture Trustee will be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to all or any portion of the Collateral in any such jurisdiction) will be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Indenture Trustee;

 

(ii)                          no trustee will be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement; and

 

(iii)                       the Indenture Trustee may accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

 

(c)                                  Any notice, request or other writing given to the Indenture Trustee will be deemed to have been given to each appointed separate trustee and co-trustee, as effectively as if given to each of them.  Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee will refer to this Indenture and the conditions of this Section 6.10.  Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, will be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Indenture Trustee or separately, as may be provided in such instrument of appointment, subject to this Indenture and any Indenture Supplement.  Every such instrument will be filed with the Indenture Trustee.

 

38

 

(d)                                 Any separate trustee or co-trustee may appoint the Indenture Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact with power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate trustee or co-trustee dies, becomes incapable of acting, resigns or is removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts will vest in and be exercised by the Indenture Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

 

Section 6.11.                          Eligibility; Disqualification.  The Indenture Trustee must satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA and must comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA.  The Indenture Trustee or its parent must have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent annual published report of condition and must have a long-term debt rating of investment grade by each of the Rating Agencies or must otherwise be acceptable to each of the Rating Agencies.  Within ten days after the Indenture Trustee fails to satisfy any of the requirements set forth in this Section 6.11 or ceases to be a Qualified Institution, the Indenture Trustee will notify the Issuer and the Servicer of such failure.

 

Section 6.12.                          Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.  The Indenture Trustee will comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA.  An Indenture Trustee who has resigned or been removed will be subject to Section 311(c) of the TIA.

 

Section 6.13.                          Audits of the Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee agrees that, with reasonable prior notice, it will permit any authorized representative of the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator, during the Indenture Trustee’s normal business hours, to examine and audit the books of account, records, reports and other documents and materials of the Indenture Trustee relating to (a) the performance of the Indenture Trustee’s obligations under this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements, (b) any payments of fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustee in connection with such performance and (c) any claim made by the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.  In addition, the Indenture Trustee will permit such representatives to make copies and extracts of any such books and records and to discuss the same with the Indenture Trustee’s officers and employees.  Each of the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator will, and will cause its authorized representatives to, hold in confidence all such information except to the extent disclosure may be required by law (and all reasonable applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to the extent that the Servicer or the Administrator, as the case may be, may reasonably determine that such disclosure is consistent with its obligations under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.  The Indenture Trustee will maintain all such pertinent books, records, reports and other documents and materials for a period of two years after the termination of its obligations under this Indenture.

 

Section 6.14.                          Representations and Warranties of the Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee represents and warrants to the Issuer as of the date of this Indenture and as of the Series Issuance Date for any Series that:

 

(a)                                 Organization and Qualification.  The Indenture Trustee is a banking corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York.  The Indenture Trustee is qualified as a foreign banking corporation in good standing and has

 

39

 

obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of its properties or the conduct of its activities requires such qualification, license or approval, unless the failure to obtain such qualifications, licenses or approvals would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Indenture Trustee’s ability to perform its obligations under this Indenture, the Indenture Supplements or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

(b)                                 Power, Authorization and Enforceability.  The Indenture Trustee has the power and authority to execute deliver and perform the terms of this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements.  The Indenture Trustee has authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement.  This Indenture and each Indenture Supplement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Indenture Trustee enforceable against the Indenture Trustee, except as may be limited by insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general equitable principles.

 

(c)                                  No Conflicts and No Violation.  The execution and delivery by the Indenture Trustee of this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement, the consummation by the Indenture Trustee of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement and the compliance by the Indenture Trustee with this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement will not (i) violate any federal or New York State law, governmental rule or regulation governing the banking or trust powers of the Indenture Trustee or any judgment or order binding on it or (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under its charter documents or by-laws or any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, guarantee or similar agreement or instrument under which the Indenture Trustee is a debtor or guarantor or (iii) violate any law or, to the Indenture Trustee’s knowledge, any order, rule, or regulation applicable to the Indenture Trustee of any court or of any federal or State regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Indenture Trustee or its properties, in each case which conflict, breach, default, Lien, or violation would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Indenture Trustee’s ability to perform its obligations under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.

 

(d)                                 No Proceedings.  To the Indenture Trustee’s knowledge, there are no proceedings or investigations pending or overtly threatened in writing, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Indenture Trustee or its properties: (i) asserting the invalidity of any of this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement or any other Transaction Document, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Indenture Trustee’s ability to perform its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.

 

(e)                                  Eligibility.  The Indenture Trustee satisfies the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA and is a Qualified Institution.  The Indenture Trustee or its parent has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent annual published report of condition.

 

40

 

(f)                                   Information Provided by the Indenture Trustee.  The information provided by the Indenture Trustee in any certificate delivered by a Responsible Person of the Indenture Trustee is true and correct in all material respects.

 

Section 6.15.                          Duty to Update Disclosure.  The Indenture Trustee will notify and provide information, and certify such information in an Officer’s Certificate, to the Depositors upon any event or condition relating to the Indenture Trustee or actions taken by the Indenture Trustee that (a) (i)is required to be disclosed by the Depositors under Item 2 (the institution of, material developments in, or termination of legal proceedings against The Bank of New York Mellon that are material to Noteholders) of Form 10-D under the Exchange Act within five days of such occurrence or (ii) either Depositor reasonably requests of the Indenture Trustee that such Depositor, in good faith, believes is necessary to comply with Regulation AB within five days of such request or (b) (i) is required to be disclosed under Item 5 (submission of matters to a vote of Noteholders) of Form 10-D under the Exchange Act within five days of a Responsible Person of the Indenture Trustee becoming aware of such submission, (ii) is required to be disclosed under Item 6.02 (resignation, removal, replacement or substitution of The Bank of New York Mellon as Indenture Trustee) or Item 6.04 (failure to make a distribution when required) of Form 8-K under the Exchange Act within two days of a Responsible Person of the Indenture Trustee becoming aware of such occurrence or (iii) causes the information provided by the Indenture Trustee in any certificate delivered by a Responsible Person of the Indenture Trustee to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect or is necessary to make the statements provided by the Indenture Trustee in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading within five days of a Responsible Person of the Indenture Trustee becoming aware thereof.

 

Section 6.16.                          Indenture Trustee Indemnification.  The Indenture Trustee agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer and the Depositors from and against, any and all claims, losses, liabilities, actions, suits, judgments, demands, damages, costs or expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys) of any nature resulting solely from or directly related to a breach of any of the delivery obligations of the Indenture Trustee contained in Sections 6.6(d)(i) and 6.15 of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VII
 NOTEHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS

 

Section 7.1.                                 Names and Addresses of Noteholders.  If the Indenture Trustee is not the Note Registrar, the Issuer will furnish a list of the names and addresses of the Noteholders of any Notes to the Indenture Trustee (a) not more than five days after each Record Date, as of such Record Date and (b) not more than 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of a request from the Indenture Trustee, as of a date not more than ten days before the time such list is furnished.  If the Indenture Trustee is the Note Registrar, the Indenture Trustee, upon the request of the Owner Trustee, will furnish within ten days to the Owner Trustee a list of Noteholders of all Notes as of the date specified by the Owner Trustee.

 

Section 7.2.                                 Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders.

 

(a)                                 The Indenture Trustee will preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of the Noteholders contained in the most recent list

 

41

 

furnished to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 7.1 and the names and addresses of Noteholders received by the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar.  The Indenture Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it pursuant to Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list.

 

(b)                                 Noteholders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the related Indenture Supplement or under the related Notes.

 

(c)                                  The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Note Registrar will have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.

 

Section 7.3.                                 Reports by Issuer.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer will:

 

(i)             file with the Indenture Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer is required to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Securities and Exchange Commission may prescribe) that the Issuer is required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

(ii)          file with the Indenture Trustee and the Securities and Exchange Commission such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture, as may be prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission; and

 

(iii)       supply to the Indenture Trustee such information, documents and reports (or summaries) required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to Section 7.3(a)(i) and (ii) as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(b)                                 The Indenture Trustee will mail as described in TIA Section 313(c) to all Noteholders the information, documents and reports (or summaries) supplied to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3(a).

 

(c)                                  Unless the Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal year of the Issuer will be the calendar year.

 

Section 7.4.                                 Reports by Indenture Trustee.

 

(a)                                 Within 90 days after each April 15, beginning in the year after the Closing Date, the Indenture Trustee will prepare and mail to each Noteholder a report dated as of such April 15 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA, but only if such report is required pursuant Section 313(a) of the TIA.  The Indenture Trustee will also prepare and mail to Noteholders any report required pursuant to Section 313(b) of the TIA.  Any report mailed to the Noteholders pursuant to this Section 7.4(a) will be mailed in compliance with Section 313(c) of the TIA.

 

42

 

(b)                                 The Indenture Trustee will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange on which the Notes are listed a copy of each report delivered pursuant to Section 7.4(a) at the time of its mailing to Noteholders.  The Issuer will notify the Indenture Trustee if and when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

 

Section 7.5.                                 Notice by Publication.  In addition to notices required to be given in any other manner under this Indenture, all notices required to be given to the Noteholders will be effected by publication at least once, if any Notes are listed on a stock exchange and the rules of such stock exchange so require, in a publication meeting the requirements of such stock exchange.  The Issuer will notify the Indenture Trustee if notice by publication is required.

 

ARTICLE VIII
 ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS; SERIES ACCOUNTS

 

Section 8.1.                                 Collection of Money.  In respect of each Series and except as otherwise provided in this Indenture and in the Indenture Supplement for any Series, the Indenture Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and will receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement and any other Transaction Document.  The Indenture Trustee will hold all such money and other property received by it in trust for the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties and apply it as provided in this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements.  Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, if any default occurs in the making of any payment or performance under the Sale and Servicing Agreements or any other Transaction Document, the Indenture Trustee may, and upon the request of the Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance of the Notes must, take such action as may be appropriate to enforce such payment or performance, including the institution and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings.  Any such action will be without prejudice to any right to declare an Amortization Event or a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture and to proceed as provided in Article V after the occurrence of such event.

 

Section 8.2.                                 Rights of Noteholders.  The Notes represent obligations of the Issuer secured by the Collateral, which, with respect to each Series, will consist of the right to receive, to the extent necessary to make the required payments with respect to the Notes of such Series at the times and in the amounts specified in the related Indenture Supplement, (a) the portion of Collections allocable to and pledged for the benefit of the Noteholders of such Series pursuant to this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement, (b) funds and other property credited to the Collection Account and the Excess Funding Account allocable to the Noteholders of such Series pursuant to this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement, (c) funds and other property credited to any related Series Account, and (d) any other funds and other property described in such Indenture Supplement.  The Notes of any Series or Class will not be secured by any interest in any Series Account or any other funds and other property pledged solely for the benefit of the Noteholders of any other Series or Class or to amounts allocable to the Depositor Interest.

 

43

 

Section 8.3.                                 Establishment of Trust Accounts.

 

(a)                                 Collection Account.  The Indenture Trustee will establish and maintain a Qualified Account in the name of the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other property credited to such Qualified Account are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “Collection Account”).  The Collection Account will initially be account number 232979.  The Collection Account will be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture Trustee, except that the Servicer may make deposits to and direct the Note Paying Agent or the Indenture Trustee to make withdrawals from the Collection Account in accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreements, this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements.

 

(b)                                 Excess Funding Account.

 

(i)                             The Indenture Trustee will establish and maintain a Qualified Account in the name of the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other property credited to such Qualified Account are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “Excess Funding Account”).  The Excess Funding Account will initially be account number 232984.  The Excess Funding Account will be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture Trustee, except that the Servicer may make deposits to and direct the Note Paying Agent or the Indenture Trustee to make withdrawals from the Excess Funding Account in accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreements, this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements.

 

(ii)                          On each Deposit Date on which the Net Adjusted Pool Balance is less than the Required Pool Balance, the Depositors will instruct the Servicer to deposit funds, otherwise allocable to the holders of the Depositor Interest, into the Excess Funding Account up to the amount of such deficiency.  In addition, the holders of the Depositor Interest may transfer additional funds into the Excess Funding Account to make up for such deficiencies.  On each Deposit Date on which funds are in the Excess Funding Account, the Servicer will determine the amount, if any, by which the Net Adjusted Pool Balance exceeds the Required Pool Balance and, if so directed by the Depositors, will instruct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw any such excess from the Excess Funding Account and distribute such excess to the Depositor Interest Account for distribution to the holders of the Depositor Interest in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

 

(iii)                       During the Accumulation Period or Amortization Period for any Series funds in the Excess Funding Account will be made available as Shared Principal Collections to any Series that is in its Accumulation Period or Amortization Period and will be allocated and distributed in accordance with Section 8.5(b) and the related Indenture Supplements.

 

(c)                                  Back-up Servicer Reserve Account.

 

(i)                             The Indenture Trustee will establish and maintain a Qualified Account in the name of the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other property credited to such Qualified Account are held

 

44

 

for the benefit of the Back-up Servicer, if any (the “Back-up Servicer Reserve Account”).  The Back-up Servicer Reserve Account will initially be account number 235974.  The Back-up Servicer Reserve Account will be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture Trustee, except that the Servicer may make deposits to and direct the Note Paying Agent or the Indenture Trustee to make withdrawals from the Back-up Servicer Reserve Account in accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreements, this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements.

 

(ii)                          The Servicer has deposited $200,000 into the Back-up Servicer Reserve Account.  If the Back-up Servicer becomes the Successor Servicer pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Sale and Servicing Agreements, the Indenture Trustee, with the consent of the Servicer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), will reimburse the Back-up Servicer for its Transition Costs from amounts in the Back-up Servicer Reserve Account within 30 days of the delivery to the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer of a detailed billing statement setting forth such Transition Costs.  Upon the delivery by the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate stating that the Back-up Servicing Agreement has been terminated (other than as a result of the Back-up Servicer being appointed as the Successor Servicer or a new back-up servicing agreement being entered into), the Indenture Trustee will, at the direction of the Servicer, withdraw all amounts in the Back-up Servicer Reserve Account and distribute such amounts to the Depositor Interest Account for distribution to the holders of the Depositor Interest in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

 

(d)                                 Benefit of Accounts.  The Collection Account, Excess Funding Account and Back-up Servicer Reserve Account and all amounts, securities, investments, financial assets and other property deposited into or credited to such accounts will be held by the Indenture Trustee as secured party for the benefit of (i) in the case of the Collection Account and the Excess Funding Account, the Secured Parties, and (ii) in the case of the Back-up Servicer Reserve Account, the Back-up Servicer.  After payment in full of the Notes and all other amounts owing or to be distributed to such Secured Parties or the Back-up Servicer, as applicable, under this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Collection Account and the Excess Funding Account will be held by the Indenture Trustee as agent of the Issuer.

 

(e)                                  Maintenance of Accounts.  If an institution maintaining one or more of the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account or the Back-up Servicer Reserve Account ceases to be a Qualified Institution, the Servicer will direct the Indenture Trustee, with the Issuer’s assistance as necessary, to move such account to a Qualified Institution selected by the Administator within 30 calendar days.

 

(f)                                   Compliance.  Each of the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account and the Back-up Servicer Reserve Account will be established and maintained pursuant to the Control Agreement.  The Issuer, or the Servicer on its behalf, will ensure that the Control Agreement establishing each of the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account and the Back-up Servicer Reserve Account requires the Qualified Institution maintaining each such account to comply with entitlement orders (as defined in Article 8 of the UCC) originated by the

 

45

 

Indenture Trustee without further consent of the Issuer for so long as the Notes are Outstanding and to act as a securities intermediary in accordance with the UCC.

 

(g)                                  Permitted Investments.  Funds in the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account and the Back-up Servicer Reserve Account will, at the direction of the Servicer, be invested by the Indenture Trustee in Permitted Investments selected by the Servicer.  Funds in the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account and the Back-up Servicer Reserve Account will be invested in Permitted Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available no later than the following Payment Date.  On each Payment Date, any net investment earnings on funds in such accounts will be deposited in the Collection Account and treated as Interest Collections for such Payment Date, except as otherwise provided in a related Indenture Supplement.  The Indenture Trustee will bear no responsibility or liability for any losses resulting from investment or reinvestment of any funds in accordance with this Section 8.3(g) nor for the selection of Permitted Investments in accordance with this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement or the Sale and Servicing Agreements.

 

(h)                                 Investment Instructions.  Any investment instructions required to be given to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 8.3(g) must be given to the Indenture Trustee no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date such investment is to be made.  Any such investment instructions may be in the form of standing instructions given to the Indenture Trustee by the Servicer.  If the Indenture Trustee receives such investment instructions later than such time, the Indenture Trustee may, but is not obligated to, make such investment.  If the Indenture Trustee is unable to make an investment required in any investment instructions received by the Indenture Trustee after 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such day, such investment will be made by the Indenture Trustee on the next Business Day.  In no event will the Indenture Trustee be liable for any investment not made pursuant to investment instructions received after 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the day such investment is requested to be made.

 

Section 8.4.                                 Collections and Allocations.

 

(a)                                 Allocations of Collections.  All Interest Collections, Principal Collections and Defaulted Receivables will be allocated by the Servicer to each Series based on the applicable Investor Percentage for such Series as specified in the related Indenture Supplement.  Interest Collections and Principal Collections so allocated to any Series will not be available to the Noteholders of any other Series or the holders of the Depositor Interest, except to the extent provided in this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplements.  Allocations of Interest Collections and Principal Collections to be performed by the Servicer (i) between each of the Series and the Depositor Interest, (ii) among each Series and (iii) if applicable, among the Classes of a Series, will be set forth in the Indenture Supplements.  The application of such allocated Interest Collections and Principal Collections will also be set forth in the Indenture Supplements.  If no Series are outstanding, all Interest Collections, Principal Collections and Defaulted Receivables will be allocated by the Servicer to the holders of the Depositor Interest in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

 

46

 

(b)                                 Timing of Deposits into Collection Account.  The Servicer will deposit Interest Collections and Principal Collections allocated as provided in Section 8.4(a), up to the amounts required under Section 8.4(c), into the Collection Account within two Business Days after such Collections are received and processed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any time (i) Ford Credit is no longer the Servicer, or (ii) Ford Credit’s short-term debt is rated at least equal to the Monthly Remittance Required Rating, then the Servicer may deposit all allocated Interest Collections and Principal Collections received by it during each Collection Period into the Collection Account allocated as provided in Section 8.4(a), up to the amounts required under Section 8.4(c), no later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the Payment Date following the Collection Period in which such Collections were received by the Servicer.

 

(c)                                  Required Deposit Amounts.  For any Collection Period:

 

(i)                             the Servicer will deposit Collections allocated as provided in Section 8.4(a) into the Collection Account up to the aggregate amount of Collections required (A) to be deposited into the Excess Funding Account or any Series Account or (B) without duplication, to be paid on the related Payment Date to the Noteholders, to any other Secured Party or to the Servicer pursuant to any Indenture Supplement or the Sale and Servicing Agreements; provided that in making such determination, the Servicer will take into account the application of allocated Interest Collections and Principal Collections in accordance with the Indenture Supplements;

 

(ii)                          if at any time before the related Payment Date, the amount deposited by the Servicer into the Collection Account exceeds the amount required to be deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to clause (i) above, the Servicer may withdraw the excess from the Collection Account and reallocate such excess in accordance with Section 8.4(a); and

 

(iii)                       notwithstanding clause (i) above, the Servicer may retain its Servicing Fee and is not required to deposit such fee (or any portion thereof in respect of any Series) into the Collection Account.

 

Section 8.5.                                 Excess Interest Sharing Groups; Principal Sharing Groups.

 

(a)                                 Excess Interest Sharing Groups.  With respect to each Payment Date, (i) the Servicer will allocate Excess Interest Collections to each Excess Interest Sharing Series in a particular Excess Interest Sharing Group, pro rata, in proportion to the Interest Collections Shortfall, if any, for each such Series and (ii) the Servicer will deduct from the allocated Interest Collections available for deposit into the Collection Account on or before such Payment Date an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the aggregate Excess Interest Collections as defined in the related Indenture Supplements for all such Series for such Payment Date, over (B) the aggregate Interest Collections Shortfall as defined in the related Indenture Supplements for all such Series for such Payment Date and will distribute such excess to the Trust Paying Agent for distribution to the holders of the Depositor Interest in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Principal Sharing Groups.  The Servicer will allocate Shared Principal Collections for each Payment Date to each Principal Sharing Series in a particular Principal Sharing Group,

 

47

 

pro rata, in proportion to the Principal Shortfall, if any, for each such Series.  On each Payment Date, from an amount for each Principal Sharing Group equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Shared Principal Collections for such Payment Date, over (ii) the aggregate Principal Shortfall for all Series in such Principal Sharing Group for such Payment Date, the Servicer will (A) deposit such excess into the Excess Funding Account to the extent necessary, without duplication, to cause the Net Adjusted Pool Balance to equal the Required Pool Balance as of such Payment Date pursuant to Section 8.3(b)(ii), and (B) distribute any remainder to the Trust Paying Agent for distribution to the holders of the Depositor Interest in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

 

Section 8.6.                                 Release of Trust Collateral.

 

(a)                                 Subject to the payment of its fees and expenses, the Indenture Trustee may, and when required by this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement must, execute instruments and authorize termination statements to release property from the Lien of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, or convey the Indenture Trustee’s interest in such property, in a manner and under circumstances which are not inconsistent with this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement.  No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Indenture Trustee as provided in this Article VIII is required to ascertain the Indenture Trustee’s authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or require evidence as to the application of any monies.

 

(b)                                 In order to facilitate the servicing of the Receivables by the Servicer and as provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreements with respect to an exchange of Receivables, the Indenture Trustee authorizes and appoints the Servicer as its attorney to execute in the name and on behalf of the Indenture Trustee instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and other comparable instruments with respect to the Receivables and the other Trust Property (and the Indenture Trustee will execute any such documents on request of the Servicer), subject to the obligations of the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreements.

 

(c)                                  The Indenture Trustee, at such time as there are no Notes Outstanding, and all sums due from the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 6.7 have been paid in full, will release the Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and release to the Issuer or any other Person entitled to such funds, the funds then on deposit in the Bank Accounts under this Indenture and any Indenture Supplement.  The Indenture Trustee will release property from the Lien of this Indenture pursuant to this Section 8.6(c) only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA) Independent Certificates in accordance with Sections 314(c) and 314(d)(1) of the TIA meeting the requirements of Section 12.1.

 

(d)                                 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, immediately prior to the release of any portion of the Trust Property or any funds in the Series Accounts pursuant to this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, the Indenture Trustee will remit to the holders of the Depositor for their own account any funds that, upon such release, would otherwise be remitted to the Issuer.

 

48

 

ARTICLE IX
  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

Section 9.1.                                 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.

 

(a)                                 Without the consent of the Noteholders but with prior notice by the Issuer to the Rating Agencies for each Series, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee (when directed by Issuer Order) may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture (which will conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of the execution of any such indenture supplemental to this Indenture) for any of the following purposes:

 

(i)                             to correct or expand the description of any property subject to the Lien of this Indenture, or better to assure, convey and confirm unto the Indenture Trustee any property subject or required to be subjected to the Lien of this Indenture, or to subject additional property to the Lien of this Indenture;

 

(ii)                          to evidence the succession, in compliance with this Indenture, of another Person to the Issuer, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer in this Indenture, the Indenture Supplements and in the Notes;

 

(iii)                       to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of the Noteholders, or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer in this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement;

 

(iv)                      to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Indenture Trustee;

 

(v)                         to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision in this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement or in any supplemental indenture that may be inconsistent with any other provision in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture or to add provisions which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement so long as such action does not materially adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders;

 

(vi)                      to evidence the acceptance of the appointment under this Indenture of a successor trustee with respect to the Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as will be necessary to facilitate the administration of the trusts under this Indenture by more than one trustee, pursuant to Article VI; or

 

(vii)                   to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement as necessary to effect the qualification of this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements under the TIA and to add to this Indenture such other provisions as may be required by the TIA.

 

All supplemental indentures pursuant to this Section 9.1(a) will be in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee is authorized to join in the execution of any such supplemental indenture and to make any further reasonably appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be contained in such supplemental indenture.

 

49

 

(b)                                 The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when directed by Issuer Order, may enter, without the consent of any of the Noteholders, into an indenture or indentures supplemental to this Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner (other than the modifications set forth in Section 9.2) the rights of the Noteholders under this Indenture, subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)                             the Issuer delivers, or causes the Administrator to deliver, to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such amendment will not have an Adverse Effect;

 

(ii)                          the Issuer delivers an Opinion of Counsel to the Indenture Trustee to the effect that such amendment will not (A) cause any Note to be deemed sold or exchanged for purposes of Section 1001 of the Code or (B) cause the Issuer to be treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

 

(iii)                       the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of each affected Series.

 

(c)                                  Subject to the conditions specified in Section 2.2, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when directed by Issuer Order, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture (which must conform to the provisions of the TIA as in force at the date of the execution of such supplemental indentures), in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, without the consent of any Noteholders but, with prior notice to the Rating Agencies for each Series, to provide for the issuance of one or more Series in accordance with Section 2.2.

 

Section 9.2.                                 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when directed by Issuer Order, may enter, with the consent of the Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance of each adversely affected Series and with prior notice by the Issuer to the Rating Agencies for each Series, into an indenture or indentures supplemental to this Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders under this Indenture if the Issuer delivers an Opinion of Counsel to the Indenture Trustee to the effect that such amendment will not (i) cause any Note to be deemed sold or exchanged for purposes of Section 1001 of the Code or (ii) cause the Issuer to be treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture, without the consent of each Noteholder of each Note adversely affected by such supplemental indenture, will:

 

(A)                               modify or alter Section 9.1 or this Section 9.2;

 

(B)                               change (1) the Final Maturity Date or the date of payment of any installment of principal of or interest on any Note, (2) the principal amount of or interest rate on any Note, (3) the price at which the Notes

 

50

 

may be redeemed, (4) the provisions of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement relating to the priority of payments on the Notes or relating to the application of collections on, or the proceeds of the sale of, the Collateral to payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, or change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or the interest on any Note is payable, or (5) the right of Noteholders to institute Proceedings to enforce this Indenture;

 

(C)                               modify the percentage of the Note Balance of the Notes required for any action;

 

(D)                               modify or alter the final paragraph of the definition of “Outstanding”;

 

(E)                                modify the calculation of the amount of any payment of interest or principal due on any Note on any Payment Date; or

 

(F)                                 permit the creation of any Lien ranking prior or equal to the Lien of this Indenture with respect to any part of the Collateral other than Permitted Liens, or except as permitted by this Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, release the Lien of this Indenture with respect to any part of the Collateral.

 

(b)                                 It will not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it will be sufficient if such Act of Noteholders approves the substance of such proposed supplemental indenture.

 

Section 9.3.                                 Execution of Supplemental Indentures.  In executing, or permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modification of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee will be entitled to receive, and subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2, will be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture have been satisfied.  The Indenture Trustee may, but is not obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Indenture Trustee’s own rights, powers, duties, obligations, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.4.                                 Effect of Supplemental Indentures.  Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX, this Indenture will be modified and amended in accordance with such supplemental indenture, and such supplemental indenture will be part of this Indenture for any and all purposes.  Every Noteholder of Notes authenticated and delivered before or after such supplemental indenture will be bound by such supplemental indenture.

 

Section 9.5.                                 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.  Every amendment of this Indenture and every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX will conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect so long as this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

51

 

Section 9.6.           Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures.  Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Indenture Trustee will, bear a notation in form approved by the Indenture Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture.  If the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE X
 TERMINATION

 

Section 10.1.         Termination of Issuer.  The Issuer and the respective obligations and responsibilities of the Indenture Trustee created by this Indenture and any Indenture Supplement (other than the obligation of the Indenture Trustee to make payments to Noteholders as set forth in this Article X) will terminate, except with respect to the duties described in Section 10.2, on the Trust Termination Date.

 

Section 10.2.         Final Payment.  Notwithstanding a final payment to the Noteholders of any Series or Class (or the termination of the Issuer), except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.2, all funds then on deposit in the Collection Account and any Series Account allocated to such Noteholders will continue to be held in trust for the benefit of such Noteholders and the Note Paying Agent or the Indenture Trustee will pay such funds to such Noteholders upon surrender of their Notes, if certificated.  If all such Noteholders do not surrender their Notes for cancellation within six months after the date of such final payment, the Indenture Trustee will give notice to the remaining such Noteholders to surrender their Notes for cancellation and receive the final payment with respect to such Notes (which surrender and payment, in the case of bearer notes, will be outside the United States).  If within one year after such notice all such Notes have not been surrendered for cancellation, the Indenture Trustee may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining such Noteholders concerning surrender of their Notes, and the cost thereof will be paid out of the funds in the Collection Account or any Series Account held for the benefit of such Noteholders.  The Indenture Trustee and the Note Paying Agent will pay to the Depositors any monies held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years.  After payment to the Depositors, any Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Depositors for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

 

Section 10.3.         Depositors’ Termination Rights.  Upon the termination of the Issuer pursuant to Section 10.1, the Indenture Trustee will assign and convey to the holders of the Depositor Interest or any of their designees, without recourse, representation or warranty, all right, title and interest of the Issuer in, to and under the Trust Property, whether then existing or thereafter created, all monies due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto (including all monies then held in the Trust Accounts or any Series Account) and all proceeds thereof, except for amounts held by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 10.2.  The Indenture Trustee will execute and deliver such instruments of transfer and assignment, in each case without recourse, as may be reasonably requested by the Depositors to vest in the holders of

 

52

 

the Depositor Interest or any of their designees all right, title and interest that the Issuer had in the Trust Property.

 

ARTICLE XI
  MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.1.         Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc.

 

(a)           In connection with any order or request by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee to take any action under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, the Issuer will deliver the following documents to the Indenture Trustee (such documents, collectively, an “Issuer Order” or “Issuer Request”, as applicable): (i) a written order or a written request, respectively, signed in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Responsible Persons and delivered to the Indenture Trustee, (ii) an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture or in the related Indenture Supplement relating to the proposed action have been complied with, (iii) to the extent required by the TIA or upon request of the Indenture Trustee, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent have been complied with and (iv) (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants of national reputation selected by the Issuer.  However, in the case of any such order or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by this Indenture, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

 

(b)           Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture or an Indenture Supplement will include:

 

(i)          a statement that each signatory of such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions in this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement, as applicable, relating to such covenant or condition;

 

(ii)         a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(iii)        a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory, such signatory has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(iv)       a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such signatory, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

(c)           (i)            Before depositing any cash or property with the Indenture Trustee that is to be made the basis for the release of any property subject to the Lien of this Indenture, the Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee (A) an Officer’s Certificate stating the opinion of each Responsible Person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such deposit) to the Issuer of the cash or property to be so deposited and (B) an Independent Certificate as to the same matters, if the fair value to the Issuer of the securities to be so deposited and of all other such securities made the basis of any such withdrawal or release since the commencement of the

 

53

 

then-current calendar year, as set forth in the certificates delivered pursuant to Section 11.1(c)(i)(A), is 10% or more of the Note Balance of the Notes, but such a certificate need not be furnished with respect to any property or securities so deposited, if the fair value of such property or securities to the Issuer as set forth in the related Officer’s Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than 1% of the Note Balance of the Notes.

 

(ii)         Whenever any property or securities are to be released from the Lien of this Indenture, the Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee (A) an Officer’s Certificate stating the opinion of each Responsible Person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such release) of the property or securities proposed to be released and stating that in the opinion of such Responsible Person the proposed release will not impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of this Indenture and (B) an Independent Certificate as to the same matters, if the fair value of the property or securities and of all other property, other than property as contemplated by Section 11.1(c)(iii), or securities released from the Lien of this Indenture since the commencement of the then-current calendar year, as set forth in the certificates required by Section 11.1(c)(ii)(A) and this Section 11.1(c)(ii)(B), equals 10% or more of the Note Balance of the Notes, but such certificate need not be furnished in the case of any release of property or securities, if the fair value of such property or securities as set forth in the related Officer’s Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than 1% of the Note Balance of the Notes.

 

(iii)        Notwithstanding Section 2.9 or any other provisions of this Section 11.1, the Issuer may, without compliance with the requirements of the other provisions of this Section 11.1, (i) collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of Receivables in the ordinary course of its business provided that all proceeds, recoveries and related amounts and proceeds of such dispositions are applied in accordance with this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements and (ii) make cash payments out of the Bank Accounts, in each case, as and to the extent permitted or required by the Transaction Documents.

 

(d)           If the Securities and Exchange Commission issues an exemptive order under Section 304(d) of the TIA modifying the Indenture Trustee’s obligations under Sections 314(c) and 314(d)(1) of the TIA, the Indenture Trustee will release property from the Lien of this Indenture only in accordance with the Transaction Documents and the conditions and procedures set forth in such exemptive order.

 

Section 11.2.         Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee.

 

(a)           Any Officer’s Certificate of a Responsible Person of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an opinion of counsel, unless such Responsible Person knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that such opinion, with respect to the matters upon which such Officer’s Certificate is based, is erroneous.  Any Officer’s Certificate of a Responsible Person of the Issuer or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon an Officer’s Certificate of or representation by a Responsible Person of the Servicer, the Depositors or the Issuer (including by the Administrator on behalf of the Issuer), stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the Depositors, the Issuer or the Administrator, unless such Responsible Person of the

 

54

 

Issuer or counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the Officer’s Certificate or representation with respect to such matters is erroneous.

 

(b)           In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Section 11.3.         Acts of Noteholders.

 

(a)           Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture or an Indenture Supplement to be given or taken by the Noteholders or a specified percentage of Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; provided, that in determining whether the Noteholders or a specified percentage of Noteholders have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that are Outstanding will be taken in account, in each case in accordance with the final paragraph of the definition of “Outstanding.”  Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture or an Indenture Supplement such action will become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Indenture Trustee and, if required, to the Issuer.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied in such instrument or instruments and evidenced by such instrument or instruments) are sometimes referred to in this Indenture as the “Act of Noteholders” signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent will be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and a related Indenture Supplement and (subject to Section 6.1) conclusive in favor of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 11.3.

 

(b)           The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any manner that the Indenture Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(c)           Any Act of Noteholders will bind the Noteholder of every Note issued upon the registration of such Note or in exchange for such Note or in lieu of such Note, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer in reliance on such Note, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

Section 11.4.         Notices, etc. to Indenture Trustee, Issuer and Rating Agencies.

 

(a)           Unless otherwise specified in this Indenture, all notices, requests, demands, consents, waivers or other communications to or from the parties to this Indenture must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and made:

 

(i)          upon delivery or, in the case of a letter mailed by registered first class mail, postage prepaid, three days after deposit in the mail;

 

55

 

(ii)         in the case of a fax, when receipt is confirmed by telephone, reply email or reply fax from the recipient;

 

(iii)        in the case of an email, when receipt is confirmed by telephone or reply email from the recipient; and

 

(iv)       in the case of an electronic posting to a password-protected website to which the recipient has been provided access, upon delivery (without the requirement of confirmation of receipt) of an email to such recipient stating that such electronic posting has occurred.

 

Unless otherwise specified in this Indenture, any such notice, request, demand, consent or other communication must be delivered or addressed as set forth on Schedule B to the Sale and Servicing Agreement or at such other address as any party may designate by notice to the other parties.

 

(b)           Any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Noteholder (i) in the case of Definitive Notes, must be sent by overnight delivery, mailed by registered first class mail, postage prepaid, or sent by fax, to the address of such Person as shown in the Note Register or (ii) in the case of Book-Entry Notes, must be delivered pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Clearing Agency.  Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in this Indenture will be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Noteholder receives such notice.

 

Section 11.5.         Notices to Noteholders; Waiver.

 

(a)           Any notice to Noteholders will be sufficiently given (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture) if in writing and (i) in the case of Definitive Notes, sent by overnight delivery, mailed by registered first class mail, postage prepaid, or sent by fax, to each Noteholder adversely affected by such event, at its address or fax number as it appears on the Note Register, or (ii) in the case of Book-Entry Notes, delivered pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Clearing Agency, in each case, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice.  In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Noteholder will affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner provided in this Indenture will conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.

 

(b)           Where this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver will be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Noteholders will be filed with the Indenture Trustee but such filing will not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such a waiver.

 

(c)           In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it is impractical to mail notice of any event to Noteholders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement,

 

56

 

then any manner of giving such notice satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee will be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

 

(d)           Where this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement provides for notice to the Rating Agencies for any Series, failure to give such notice will not affect any other rights or obligations created under this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement, and will not under any circumstance constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to such Series or any other Series.

 

Section 11.6.         Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.  If any provision of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement that is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement by any of the provisions of the TIA, such required or deemed provision will control.  The provisions of Sections 310 through 317 of the TIA that impose duties on any Person (including the provisions automatically deemed included in this Indenture or an Indenture Supplement unless expressly excluded by this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement) are a part of and govern this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement.

 

Section 11.7.         Benefits of Indenture.  Nothing in this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement or in the Notes of any Series, express or implied, will give to any Person, other than the parties to this Indenture, such Indenture Supplement and their successors under this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement, and the Secured Parties and any other party secured under this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement, and any other Person with an ownership interest in any part of the Collateral, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

Section 11.8.         GOVERNING LAW.  THIS INDENTURE AND EACH INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 11.9.         Submission to Jurisdiction.  The parties submit to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York State Court sitting in New York, New York for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Indenture.  The parties irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent they may do so, any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

Section 11.10.      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY TO THIS INDENTURE AND ANY INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS INDENTURE OR SUCH INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

 

Section 11.11.      Severability.  If any of the covenants, agreements or terms of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then it will be

 

57

 

deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements or terms of this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement and will in no way affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining Indenture or such Indenture Supplement or of the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders.

 

Section 11.12.      Counterparts.  This Indenture and each Indenture Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts.  Each counterpart will be an original, and all counterparts will together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 11.13.      Headings.  The headings in this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement are included for convenience only and will not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement.

 

Section 11.14.      Issuer Obligation.  No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection with this Indenture, such Indenture Supplement or the Notes, against (a) the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee each in its individual capacity, (b) any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, (c) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee, each in its individual capacity or (d) any holder of a beneficial interest in the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, each in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have agreed (it being understood that the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacities).  For all purposes of this Indenture, in the performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement, the Owner Trustee will be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, Articles V, VI and VII of the Trust Agreement.

 

Section 11.15.      Subordination of Claims against the Depositor.

 

(a)           The obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement are solely the obligations of the Issuer and do not represent any obligation or interest in any assets of either Depositor.  The Indenture Trustee, by entering into this Indenture, and each Noteholder and Note Owner, by accepting a Note or a beneficial interest in a Note, acknowledge and agree that they have no right, title or interest in or to any Other Assets of either Depositor.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if such Indenture Trustee, Noteholder or Note Owner either (i) asserts an interest or claim to, or benefit from, the Other Assets, or (ii) is deemed to have any such interest, claim to, or benefit in or from the Other Assets, whether by operation of law, legal process, pursuant to insolvency laws or otherwise (including by virtue of Section 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Code), then such Indenture Trustee, Noteholder or Note Owner further acknowledges and agrees that any such interest, claim or benefit in or from the Other Assets is expressly subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full of the other obligations and liabilities, which, under the relevant documents relating to the securitization or conveyance of such Other Assets, are entitled to be paid from, entitled to the benefits of, or otherwise secured by such Other Assets (whether or not any such entitlement or security interest is legally perfected or otherwise entitled to a priority of distributions or application under applicable law, including insolvency laws, and whether or not asserted against such Depositor), including the payment of post-petition interest on such other obligations and liabilities.  This subordination agreement is

 

58

 

deemed a subordination agreement within the meaning of Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.  The Indenture Trustee, each Noteholder and each Note Owner further acknowledges and agrees that no adequate remedy at law exists for a breach of this Section 11.15 and this Section 11.15 may be enforced by an action for specific performance.

 

(b)           This Section 11.15 is for the third party benefit of those entitled to rely on this Section 11.15 and will survive the termination of this Indenture and any Indenture Supplement.

 

Section 11.16.      No Petition.  The Indenture Trustee, each Noteholder or Note Owner, by accepting a Note or a beneficial interest in a Note, each covenants and agrees that, before the date that is one year and one day (or, if longer, any applicable preference period) after the payment in full of (a) all securities issued by either Depositor or by a trust for which either Depositor was a depositor and (b) the Notes, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such Depositor or the Issuer, respectively, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other proceedings under any federal or State bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement or any of the Transaction Documents.  This Section 11.16 will survive the resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture and the termination of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

59

 

EXECUTED BY:

 

	
 
    	
FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A, as   Issuer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
U.S.   BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely   as Owner Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/   Julia Linian
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Julia   Linian
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Assistant   Vice President
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
THE   BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
not   in its individual capacity, but solely as Indenture Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/   Esther D. Antoine
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Esther   D. Antoine
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Senior   Associate
    

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]EXHIBIT 4.2

 

 

 

SERIES 20  -   INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

 

between

 

FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A,
 as Issuer

 

and

 

                                                 ,
 as Indenture Trustee

 

Dated as of                      , 20    

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
ARTICLE I   USAGE AND DEFINITIONS
    	
1
    
	
Section 1.1.
    	
Usage and Definitions
    	
1
    
	
Section 1.2.
    	
Definitions for Other   Series
    	
2
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE II   SERIES 20  -   NOTES
    	
2
    
	
Section 2.1.
    	
Creation of   Series 20  -   Notes
    	
2
    
	
Section 2.2.
    	
Principal Terms of   Series 20  -   Notes
    	
2
    
	
Section 2.3.
    	
Payment on Notes
    	
3
    
	
Section 2.4.
    	
Additional Issuance;   Reopening
    	
4
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE III   REPORTS AND SERVICING
    	
5
    
	
Section 3.1.
    	
Reports and Statements   to Series 20  -   Noteholders
    	
5
    
	
Section 3.2.
    	
Servicing Compensation
    	
5
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE IV   RIGHTS OF SERIES 20  -   NOTEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION AND   APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
    	
6
    
	
Section 4.1.
    	
Collections and   Allocations
    	
6
    
	
Section 4.2.
    	
Application of Available   Funds in Collection Account and Other Sources
    	
8
    
	
Section 4.3.
    	
Investor Charge-Offs
    	
12
    
	
Section 4.4.
    	
Reallocated Principal   Collections
    	
12
    
	
Section 4.5.
    	
Excess Interest   Collections
    	
12
    
	
Section 4.6.
    	
Shared Principal   Collections
    	
12
    
	
Section 4.7.
    	
Series 20  -     Accounts
    	
12
    
	
Section 4.8.
    	
Investment of Funds in   Series 20  -   Accounts
    	
14
    
	
Section 4.9.
    	
Series 20  -     Reserve Accounts
    	
14
    
	
Section 4.10.
    	
Series 20  -     Reserve Accumulation Period Reserve Accounts
    	
15
    
	
Section 4.11.
    	
[Calculation Agent]
    	
15
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE V   THE NOTES
    	
16
    
	
Section 5.1.
    	
Additional Terms   Applicable to the Notes
    	
16
    
	
Section 5.2.
    	
Note Owner   Representations
    	
16
    
	
Section 5.3.
    	
[Rule 144A Notes]
    	
16
    
	
Section 5.4.
    	
Communications by   Series 20  -   Noteholders
    	
18
    
	
Section 5.5.
    	
Series 20  -     Noteholder Demand for Asset Representations Review
    	
19
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE VI   SERIES 20  -   AMORTIZATION EVENTS
    	
19
    
	
Section 6.1.
    	
Series 20  -     Amortization Events
    	
19
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE VII   SERIES FINAL MATURITY; FINAL PAYMENTS
    	
21
    
	
Section 7.1.
    	
Series Final   Maturity
    	
21
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE VIII   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    	
21
    
	
Section 8.1.
    	
Ratification of   Agreement
    	
21
    
	
Section 8.2.
    	
GOVERNING LAW
    	
21
    
	
Section 8.3.
    	
Counterparts
    	
21
    

 

i

 

	
Appendix A
    	
Usage   and Definitions
    	
AA-1
    
	
Exhibit A
    	
Form of Notes
    	
EA-1
    
	
Exhibit B
    	
Form of Monthly   Investor Report
    	
EB-1
    

 

ii

 

SERIES 20  -   INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of        , 20   (this “Indenture Supplement”), between FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A, a Delaware statutory trust, as Issuer, and                                    , a                 , as Indenture Trustee.

 

BACKGROUND

 

In connection with securitization transactions sponsored by Ford Credit, the Issuer may issue Notes from time to time secured by a revolving pool of Receivables purchased by the Issuer from the Depositors, who purchased them from Ford Credit.

 

Section 2.2 of the Indenture permits the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee to enter into an Indenture Supplement to authorize the issuance by the Issuer of Notes in one or more Series.

 

The parties to this Indenture Supplement, by executing and delivering this Indenture Supplement, have determined to create and specify the Principal Terms of the Series 20  -   Notes.

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

GRANTING CLAUSES

 

In addition to the Grant of the Indenture, the Issuer Grants to the Indenture Trustee, as Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Series 20  -   Noteholders, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest, whether now owned or acquired in the future, in, to and under the Series 20   -    Collateral.

 

This Grant is made in trust to secure (a) the payment of principal of, interest on and any other amounts owing on the Series 20  -   Notes as stated in the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement for the benefit of the Series 20  -   Noteholders and (b) the Issuer’s compliance with its obligations under the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement, all as stated in the Series 20  -   Notes, the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement.

 

The Indenture Trustee acknowledges this Grant, accepts the trusts under this Indenture Supplement according to this Indenture Supplement and agrees to perform its duties in this Indenture Supplement so that the interests of the Series 20  -   Noteholders may be adequately and effectively protected.

 

ARTICLE I
 USAGE AND DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1.                                 Usage and Definitions.  Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Indenture Supplement are defined in Appendix A to this Indenture Supplement or in Appendix A to (a) the Fifth Amended and Restated Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2001, as amended and restated as of December 1, 2010, among Ford Credit Floorplan Corporation, as Depositor, the Issuer and Ford Motor Credit Company LLC, as Servicer, and (b) the Fifth Amended and Restated Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2001, as amended and restated as of December 1, 2010, among Ford Credit Floorplan LLC, as Depositor,

 

 

the Issuer and the Servicer.  Each Appendix A also contains usage rules that apply to this Indenture Supplement.  Each Appendix A is incorporated by reference in this Indenture Supplement.

 

Section 1.2.                                 Definitions for Other Series.  Capitalized terms in this Indenture Supplement, when used in quotation marks with a reference to one or more Series, have the respective meanings stated for each of those Series in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

ARTICLE II
 SERIES 20  -   NOTES

 

Section 2.1.                                 Creation of Series 20  -   Notes.

 

(a)                                 Creation and Designation.  This Indenture Supplement creates a Series of Notes to be issued by the Issuer on the Closing Date under the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement to be known as the “Series 20  -   Asset Backed Notes” or the “Series 20  -   Notes.”

 

(b)                                 Indenture.  The Series 20  -   Notes are “Notes” and this Indenture Supplement is an “Indenture Supplement” for all purposes of the Indenture.  If any terms of the Series 20  -   Notes or this Indenture Supplement conflicts with or is inconsistent with the Indenture, the terms of the Series 20  -   Notes or this Indenture Supplement will control.

 

Section 2.2.                                 Principal Terms of Series 20  -   Notes.  The Principal Terms for the Series 20  -   Notes are as follows:

 

(a)                                 Series Issuance Date.  The Series Issuance Date for the Series 20  -   Notes will be the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                 Note Interest Rate and Initial Note Balance.  The Indenture Trustee will, on Issuer Order, authenticate and deliver the Series 20  -   Notes for original issue in the following Classes, each having the Note Interest Rates and initial Note Balances stated below.

 

	
Class
    	
 
    	
Note Interest Rate
    	
 
    	
Initial Note Balance
    	
 
    
	
Class A[-1]   Notes
    	
 
    	
[One-month LIBOR +]   %
    	
 
    	
$
    	
        
    	
 
    
	
[Class A-2   Notes]
    	
 
    	
[One-month LIBOR +]   %
    	
 
    	
$
    	
        
    	
 
    
	
Class B   Notes
    	
 
    	
[One-month LIBOR +]   %
    	
 
    	
$
    	
        
    	
 
    
	
Class C   Notes
    	
 
    	
[One-month LIBOR +]   %
    	
 
    	
$
    	
        
    	
 
    
	
Class D   Notes
    	
 
    	
[One-month LIBOR +]   %
    	
 
    	
$
    	
        
    	
 
    

 

(c)                                  Sharing Groups.  Series 20  -   will be in Excess Interest Sharing Group One and in Principal Sharing Group [One].

 

(d)                                 Form of Notes.  Each Class of Series 20  -   Notes will be in substantially the form of Exhibit A with variations required or permitted by this Indenture Supplement and the Indenture.  The Series 20  -   Notes may have marks of identification and legends or endorsements as determined by the Responsible Person of the Issuer executing the Series 20  -   Notes.  The physical Series 20  -   Notes will be produced by a method determined by the Responsible Person of the Issuer executing the Series 20  -   Notes.

 

2

 

(e)                                  Book-Entry Series 20  -   Notes.  The Series 20  -   Notes initially will be issued as Book-Entry Notes.  On or before the Series Issuance Date, Global Notes representing each Class of Series 20  -   Notes will be deposited with the Clearing Agency.

 

(f)                                   Denominations.  The Series 20  -   Notes, except for the Rule 144A Notes, will be issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in multiples of $1,000.  The Rule 144A Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $100,000 and in multiples of $1,000 in excess of $100,000.  However, one Note of each Class may be issued in a different amount if it exceeds the minimum denomination for the Class.

 

(g)                                  Events of Default.  There will be no additional Events of Default for the Series 20  -   Notes.

 

(h)                                 Final Maturity Date.  The Series 20  -   Notes will be payable on the Series 20  -   Final Maturity Date.

 

(i)                                     Shelf-Eligible Series.  Series 20  -   is a Shelf-Eligible Series.

 

Section 2.3.                                 Payment on Notes.

 

(a)                                 Interest Accrual.  Each Class of Series 20  -   Notes will accrue interest on its Note Balance for each Interest Period until the Note Balance has been paid in full at a rate per annum equal to its Note Interest Rate for that Interest Period.  [Interest on the Notes [(other than the Floating Rate Notes)] will be calculated for each Interest Period on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.]  [Interest on the Floating Rate Notes for each Interest Period will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in the Interest Period and a 360-day year.]  Interest on each Note for each Interest Period will be due and payable on the related Payment Date.

 

(b)                                 Principal.  If a Series 20  -   Amortization Event occurs before the Series 20  -   Final Maturity Date, the principal of each Class of Series 20  -   Notes will be payable in installments on each Payment Date during the Early Amortization Period according to Section 4.2(f).  The Note Balance of each Class of Series 20  -   Notes will be due and payable on the Series 20  -   Final Maturity Date.  The entire unpaid principal amount of the Series 20  -   Notes will be due and payable on the date the Series 20  -   Notes are declared to be, or have automatically become, immediately due and payable according to Section 5.2(a) of the Indenture.

 

(c)                                  Monthly Payment of Interest and Principal.  Interest and principal payments on each Class of Series 20  -   Notes will be made pro rata to the Registered Noteholders of that Class on each Payment Date.  For Book-Entry Notes, payments will be made by wire transfer to the account designated by the nominee of the Clearing Agency according to Section 2.10 of the Indenture.  For Definitive Notes, payments will be made (i) if the Series 20  -   Noteholder has given to the Note Registrar instructions at least five Business Days before that Payment Date and the aggregate original principal amount of the Noteholder’s Notes is at least $1,000,000, by wire transfer to the account of the Registered Noteholder or (ii) by check mailed first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Registered Noteholder’s address as it appears on the Note Register on the

 

3

 

related Record Date.  Amounts paid by wire transfers or checks that are is undelivered will be held according to Section 3.3 of the Indenture.

 

(d)                                 Payment of Final Installment.  The final installment of principal (whether payable by wire transfer or check) of each Series 20  -   Note on a Payment Date or the Series 20  -   Final Maturity Date will be payable only on presentation and surrender of the Note.  The Indenture Trustee will notify each Registered Noteholder of the date the Issuer expects to pay the final installment on the Notes, which date will be no later than five days before that date, and the place where the Series 20  -   Notes may be presented and surrendered for payment.

 

Section 2.4.                                 Additional Issuance; Reopening.  The Issuer may from time to time, without notice to, or the consent of, Noteholders of any Series, create and issue additional Series 20  -   Notes of the same Class as any Class issued on the Closing Date.  Additional Series 20  -   Notes will form part of and have the same Principal Terms as the previously issued Class, except for (i) the initial principal amount of that Class, the Initial Invested Amount and the initial Note Balance of that Class on the Closing Date, (ii) the accrual and payment of interest before the issuance date of the additional Series 20  -   Notes, and (iii) the first payment of interest following the issuance of the additional Series 20  -   Notes.  When issued, the additional Series 20  -   Notes will be equally and ratably entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement applying to those Series 20  -   Notes of the same Class issued on the Closing Date without preference, priority or distinction.  The obligation of the Indenture Trustee to authenticate and deliver additional Series 20  -   Notes after the Closing Date and to execute and deliver any amendments to this Indenture Supplement to facilitate the additional issuance will be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                 Rating Agency Notice.  On or before the second Business Day before the issuance of the additional Series 20  -   Notes, the Issuer has given the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency notice of the additional issuance and the date of the additional issuance;

 

(b)                                 Delivery of Amendments.  The Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee any amendments to this Indenture Supplement required to facilitate the additional issuance, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee executed by the Issuer;

 

(c)                                  Rating Agency Condition.  The Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied for the additional issuance;

 

(d)                                 Officer’s Certificate of Depositor.  Each Depositor has delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of the additional issuance, stating that:

 

(i)                           the additional issuance will not have an Adverse Effect or cause an Amortization Event to occur for any Series; and

 

(ii)                        all conditions under this Section 2.4 to the issuance of the additional Series 20  -   Notes have been met;

 

(e)                                  Subordination.  on or before the additional issuance date for any Class [(treating the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Notes as a single Class)], the Issuer will have issued Notes of each Class that is junior to that Class needed for the proportion of the Note Principal Balance of each

 

4

 

junior Class to the Note Principal Balance of any more senior Class is equal to or greater than the proportion that existed on the Closing Date;

 

(f)                                   Series 20  -   Reserve Account.  The Depositors have deposited in the Series 20  -   Reserve Account from the proceeds of the issuance the amount as is necessary to cause the amount on deposit to equal the Series 20  -   Reserve Account Required Amount after giving effect to the issuance; and

 

(g)                                  Required Pool Balance.  The Net Adjusted Pool Balance equals or exceeds the Required Pool Balance after giving effect to the additional issuance (taking into account any deposit of the proceeds of the additional Series 20  -   Notes in the Excess Funding Account).

 

ARTICLE III
 REPORTS AND SERVICING

 

Section 3.1.                                 Reports and Statements to Series 20  -   Noteholders.

 

(a)                                 Monthly Investor Report.  At least two Business Days before each Payment Date, the Servicer will deliver to the Depositors, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Note Paying Agent, the Administrator and the Rating Agencies a servicing report substantially in the form of Exhibit B (the “Monthly Investor Report”) for that Payment Date and the related Collection Period.  A Responsible Person of the Servicer will certify that the information in the Monthly Investor Report is accurate in all material respects.

 

(b)                                 Delivery to Series 20  -   Noteholders.  On each Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee will deliver the Monthly Investor Report to each Series 20  -   Noteholder of record as of the most recent Record Date (which delivery may be made by e-mail to the e-mail addresses in the Note Register without need for confirmation of receipt or by making the report available to the Series 20  -   Noteholders through the Indenture Trustee’s website, which initially is located at                         ).

 

(c)                                  Tax Information.  Starting in the year after the Closing Date, the Indenture Trustee will deliver or cause to be delivered to each Person who at any time during the prior calendar year was a Noteholder of record, a statement containing the information required to be given to a noteholder by an issuer of indebtedness, in the form and at the time required under the Code.

 

Section 3.2.                                 Servicing Compensation.  The share of the Servicing Fee allocable to Series 20  -   for a Payment Date is equal to the Monthly Servicing Fee.  The portion of the Servicing Fee that is not allocable to Series 20  -   will be paid by the holders of the Depositor Interest or the Noteholders of other Series (under the related Indenture Supplement).  The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or the Series 20  -   Noteholders will not be liable for the share of the Servicing Fee to be paid by the holders of the Depositor Interest or the Noteholders of any other Series.

 

5

 

ARTICLE IV
 RIGHTS OF SERIES 20  -   NOTEHOLDERS
 AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

 

Section 4.1.                                 Collections and Allocations.

 

(a)                                 Allocations.  Under Section 8.4(a) of the Indenture, Interest Collections, Principal Collections and Defaulted Receivables will be allocated between Series 20  -   and the Depositor Interest and then applied to Series 20  -   and the Depositor Interest under this Article IV.

 

(b)                                 Allocations to Depositor Interest.

 

(i)                           Available Depositor Collections.  On each Deposit Date, the Servicer will make the following deposits and payments from Available Depositor Collections for that Deposit Date or the related Collection Period, as applicable, in the following order of priority:

 

(A)                               to the Collection Account, but only if needed to pay, to the knowledge of the Servicer on that Deposit Date, the following amounts on the related Payment Date: (I) to cover shortfalls in payments and deposits required to be made from Available Investor Interest Collections on the related Payment Date under Section 4.2(b)(ii), and to cover similar shortfalls for other Series, and (II) during an Early Amortization Period, to cover amounts to be deposited under Section 4.2(e) on that Payment Date;

 

(B)                               to the Excess Funding Account, if the Required Depositor Amount for the prior Calculation Date (and, if that Calculation Date is a Determination Date, after giving effect to the allocations, payments, withdrawals and deposits to be made on the Payment Date following that Determination Date) exceeds the Depositor Amount; and

 

(C)                               (1) if the Depositors are the sole holders of the Depositor Interest, to the Depositors according to their respective percentage interests in the Depositor Interest or (2) otherwise, to the Depositor Interest Account for distribution to the holders of the Depositor Interest according to the Trust Agreement, any remaining amount.

 

(ii)                        Excess Depositor Interest Collections.  On each Deposit Date, the Servicer will make the following deposits and payments from Excess Depositor Interest Collections for that Deposit Date or the related Collection Period, as applicable, in the following order of priority:

 

(A)                               to the Collection Account, until the amount deposited under this clause (A) is equal to the Monthly Depositor Servicing Fee for all Series for that Collection Period; and

 

6

 

 

(B)                               (1) if the Depositors are the sole holders of the Depositor Interest, to the Depositors according to their respective percentage interests in the Depositor Interest or (2), otherwise, to the Depositor Interest Account for distribution to the holders of the Depositor Interest according to the Trust Agreement, any remaining amount.

 

(iii)                     Excess Depositor Principal Collections.  On each Deposit Date, the Servicer will make the following deposits and payments from Excess Depositor Principal Collections for that Deposit Date or the related Collection Period, as applicable, in the following order of priority:

 

(A)                               to the Excess Funding Account, if the Required Depositor Amount for the prior Calculation Date (and, if that Calculation Date is a Determination Date, after giving effect to the allocations, payments, withdrawals and deposits to be made on the Payment Date following that Determination Date) exceeds the Depositor Amount;

 

(B)                               to the Collection Account, until the amount deposited under this clause (B) is equal to the excess, if any, of the Monthly Depositor Servicing Fee for all Series for that Collection Period over the amount deposited in the Collection Account under Section 4.1(b)(ii)(A); and

 

(C)                               (1) if the Depositors are the sole holders of the Depositor Interest, to the Depositors according to their respective percentage interests in the Depositor Interest or (2), otherwise, to the Depositor Interest Account for distribution to the holders of the Depositor Interest according to the Trust Agreement, any remaining amount.

 

(iv)                    Available Depositor Collections True-up.  On each Determination Date, the Servicer will deposit in the Collection Account the lesser of (A) the portion, if any, of the amount stated in Section 4.1(b)(i)(A)(I) for the related Collection Period that has not previously been deposited in the Collection Account under Section 4.1(b)(i)(A)(I), and (B) the aggregate amount paid to the Depositors or to the Depositor Interest Account for distribution to the holders of the Depositor Interest for the related Collection Period under Section 4.1(b)(i)(C).  Any amount deposited under this Section 4.1(b)(iv) will be repaid to the Servicer by the holders of the Depositor Interest or, if not so repaid, may be withheld by the Servicer from later distributions to the holders of the Depositor Interest.

 

(c)                                  Allocations to Series 20  -  .  The Servicer will allocate to the Series 20  -   Noteholders and deposit in the Collection Account for application under this Indenture Supplement the following amounts:

 

(i)                           on each Deposit Date, an amount equal to the Investor Interest Collections for that Deposit Date or the related Collection Period, as applicable, until the amount in the Collection Account allocated to Series 20  -   equals the excess of (I) the amounts to be paid or distributed, to the knowledge of the Servicer on that Deposit Date, on the

 

7

 

related Payment Date under Section 4.2(a)(i) through (xvi), over (II) the Monthly Depositor Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period;

 

(ii)                        on each Deposit Date, an amount equal to the Investor Principal Collections for that Deposit Date or the related Collection Period, as applicable, until the amount in the Collection Account allocated to Series   -  equals the amounts to be paid or distributed, to the knowledge of the Servicer on that Deposit Date, on the related Payment Date under Section 4.2(b)(iv), (c) or (d), as applicable;

 

(iii)                     on each Determination Date, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the portion, if any, of the excess of (I) the amounts to be paid or distributed on the related Payment Date under Section 4.2(a)(i) through (xvi), over (II) the Monthly Depositor Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period that has not previously been deposited in the Collection Account under Section 4.1(c)(i), and (B) the amount of Investor Interest Collections for the related Collection Period that has not previously been deposited in the Collection Account under Section 4.1(c)(i); and

 

(iv)                    on each Determination Date, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the portion, if any, of the amounts to be paid or distributed on the related Payment Date under Section 4.2(b)(iv), (c) or (d), as applicable, that has not previously been deposited in the Collection Account under Section 4.1(c)(ii), and (B) the amount of Investor Principal Collections for the related Collection Period that has not previously been deposited in the Collection Account under Section 4.1(c)(ii).

 

Section 4.2.                                 Application of Available Funds in Collection Account and Other Sources.

 

(a)                                 Available Investor Interest Collections.  If the Indenture Trustee has received the Monthly Investor Report by the related Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee (based on the information in the Monthly Investor Report) will, on each Payment Date and to the extent of Available Investor Interest Collections in the Collection Account, make the following applications, payments or deposits in the following order of priority:

 

(i)                           to the Noteholders of [the][each Class of] Class A Notes, the Accrued Note Interest for [the][each Class of] Class A Notes for that Payment Date [or, if Available Investor Interest Collections are insufficient to pay the Accrued Note Interest in full for each Class of Class A Notes, to the Noteholders of each Class of Class A Notes, pro rata, based on the Note Balance of each Class of Class A Notes];

 

(ii)                        to the Noteholders of the Class B Notes, the Accrued Note Interest for the Class B Notes for that Payment Date;

 

(iii)                     to the Noteholders of the Class C Notes, the Accrued Note Interest for the Class C Notes for that Payment Date;

 

(iv)                    to the Noteholders of the Class D Notes, the Accrued Note Interest for the Class D Notes for that Payment Date;

 

8

 

(v)                       pro rata, to the payment of all amounts, including indemnities, then due to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer for the Series 20  -   Notes, and any expenses incurred by the Issuer for the Series 20  -   Notes according to the Transaction Documents, in each case, if not paid by the Servicer or the Administrator, up to a maximum of $         per year;

 

(vi)                    pro rata (A) to the Back-up Servicer, the Monthly Back-up Servicing Fee for that Payment Date, if any, together with any Monthly Back-up Servicing Fees previously due but not paid on prior Payment Dates, and (B) if Ford Credit or one of its Affiliates is no longer the Servicer, to the Servicer, the Monthly Servicing Fee for that Payment Date, together with any Monthly Servicing Fees previously due but not paid on prior Payment Dates (unless the amount has been netted against deposits in the Collection Account according to Section 8.4(c) of the Indenture);

 

(vii)                 to treat as Available Investor Principal Collections for that Payment Date, the Investor Default Amount for that Payment Date;

 

(viii)              to the Series 20  -   Reserve Account, the Series 20  -   Reserve Account Deposit Amount for that Payment Date;

 

(ix)                    to treat as Available Investor Principal Collections for that Payment Date, the sum of Investor Charge-Offs that have not been previously reimbursed;

 

(x)                       to treat as Available Investor Principal Collections for that Payment Date, the sum of Reallocated Principal Collections that have not been previously reimbursed;

 

(xi)                    Starting on the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account Funding Date, to the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account, the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account Deposit Amount for that Payment Date;

 

(xii)                 if Ford Credit is the Servicer, to the Servicer, the Monthly Servicing Fee for that Payment Date, together with any Monthly Servicing Fees previously due but not paid on prior Payment Dates (unless the amount has been netted against deposits in the Collection Account according to Section 8.4(c) of the Indenture);

 

(xiii)              to the Depositor Interest Account for distribution to the holders of the Depositor Interest according to the Trust Agreement to increase the Available Subordinated Amount, the excess of the Required Subordinated Amount over the Available Subordinated Amount (unless the amount has been netted against deposits in the Collection Account according to Section 8.4(c) of the Indenture);

 

(xiv)             pro rata, to the payment of all amounts, including indemnities, then due to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer for the Series 20  -   Notes, and any expenses incurred by the Issuer for the Series 20  -   Notes according to the Transaction Documents, in each case, if not paid by the Servicer or the Administrator or under clause (v) above;

 

9

 

(xv)                to the Back-up Servicer, any amounts due under Section 2.3(b) of the Back-up Servicing Agreement and any Transition Costs due under Section 2.3(c) of the Back-up Servicing Agreement in excess of the amount in the Back-up Servicer Reserve Account, in each case, for the Series 20  -   Notes;

 

(xvi)             to treat as Excess Interest Collections available from Series 20  -  , the Interest Collections Shortfalls for other Series in Excess Interest Sharing Group One; and

 

(xvii)          to the Depositor Interest Account for distribution to the holders of the Depositor Interest according to the Trust Agreement, all remaining Available Investor Interest Collections.

 

(b)                                 Application of Credit Enhancement.  If Available Investor Interest Collections for any Payment Date are insufficient to make the applications, payments and deposits required under Section 4.2(a), and if the Indenture Trustee has received the Monthly Investor Report by the related Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee (based on the information in the Monthly Investor Report) will, on or before that Payment Date, apply available funds from the following sources in the following order of priority:

 

(i)                           from Excess Interest Collections available from other Series in Excess Interest Sharing Group One, to cover shortfalls in the applications, payments and deposits under Sections 4.2(a)(i) through (xv) in that order;

 

(ii)                        from Available Depositor Interest Collections and Available Depositor Principal Collections (for Available Depositor Principal Collections, in an amount not exceeding the Available Subordinated Amount (before giving effect to Section 4.3) for that Payment Date), to cover shortfalls in the applications, payments and deposits required under Sections 4.2(a)(i) through (ix) in that order.  If the amount of Available Depositor Collections is insufficient to cover those shortfalls for Series 20  -  , as well as any similar shortfalls for other Series, then Available Depositor Collections will be allocated to Series 20  -   based on the ratio that the Available Subordinated Amount for Series 20  -   has to the aggregate “Available Subordinated Amounts” for all Series having those shortfalls.  If the amount of Available Depositor Collections exceeds the aggregate amount of those shortfalls for all Series, then the excess Available Depositor Collections will be applied to cover any unpaid Adjustment Payments;

 

(iii)                     from the Series 20  -   Reserve Account Available Amount, to cover shortfalls in the applications, payments and deposits required under Sections 4.2(a)(i) through (vii) in that order; and

 

(iv)                    from the Reallocated Principal Collections for that Payment Date, to cover shortfalls in the payments required under Sections 4.2(a)(i) through (iv).

 

(c)                                  Available Investor Principal Collections.  If the Indenture Trustee has received the Monthly Investor Report by the related Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee (based on information in the Monthly Investor Report) will, on each Payment Date and if Available Investor Principal Collections on deposit in the Collection Account, make the following applications, payments or deposits in the following order of priority:

 

10

 

(i)                           on any Payment Date for the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period, to the Series 20  -   Principal Funding Account, the excess, if any, of the Monthly Principal Amount for that Payment Date over the amount deposited in the Series 20  -   Principal Funding Account from the Excess Funding Account under Section 4.2(d) on that Payment Date;

 

(ii)                        to other Principal Sharing Series in Principal Sharing Group One, the Shared Principal Collections for that Payment Date;

 

(iii)                     to the Excess Funding Account, the excess, if any, of the Required Pool Balance over the Net Adjusted Pool Balance under Section 8.3(b)(ii) of the Indenture; and

 

(iv)                    to the Depositor Interest Account for distribution to the holders of the Depositor Interest according to the Trust Agreement, all remaining Available Investor Principal Collections.

 

(d)                                 Excess Funding Amounts.  If the Indenture Trustee has received the Monthly Investor Report by the related Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee (based on information in the Monthly Investor Report) will, on each Payment Date for the Controlled Accumulation Period or an Early Amortization Period, deposit in the Series 20  -   Principal Funding Account from the Excess Funding Account the lesser of (i) the Series 20  -   Excess Funding Amount, and (ii) the Monthly Principal Amount for that Payment Date.

 

(e)                                  Insufficient Available Investor Principal Collections.  If Available Investor Principal Collections for any Payment Date for an Early Amortization Period are insufficient to deposit the amount required under Section 4.2(c)(i), and if the Indenture Trustee has received the Monthly Investor Report by the related Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee (based on the information in the Monthly Investor Report) will, on that Payment Date, deposit in the Series 20  -   Principal Funding Account Available Depositor Interest Collections and Available Depositor Principal Collections (for Available Depositor Principal Collections, in an amount not to exceed the Available Subordinated Amount) on that Payment Date in an amount equal to the excess of the Adjusted Invested Amount over the sum of the amounts deposited in the Series 20  -   Principal Funding Account from Available Investor Principal Collections under Section 4.2(c)(i) and from the Excess Funding Account under Section 4.2(d).

 

(f)                                   Payments of Principal.  If an Early Amortization Period has not begun, on the Expected Final Payment Date, or on each Payment Date for an Early Amortization Period, and if the Indenture Trustee has received the Monthly Investor Report by the related Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee (based on the information in the Monthly Investor Report) will withdraw an amount up to the aggregate Note Balance of Series 20  -   from the Series 20  -   Principal Funding Account for payment in the following order of priority: (i) to the Noteholders of [the][each Class of] Class A Notes, [pro rata based on the principal amount of each Class of Class A Notes,] until the Note Balance of [the][each Class of] Class A Notes is reduced to zero, (ii) to the Noteholders of Class B Notes, until the Note Balance of the Class B Notes is reduced to zero, (iii) to the Noteholders of the Class C Notes, until the Note Balance of

 

11

 

the Class C Notes is reduced to zero and (iv) to the Noteholders of the Class D Notes, until the Note Balance of the Class D Notes is reduced to zero.

 

(g)                                  Controlled Accumulation Period.  The Controlled Accumulation Period is scheduled to start on the first day of the          20   Collection Period.  However, if the Accumulation Period Length is less than six Collection Periods, the date the Controlled Accumulation Period actually starts will be delayed to the first day of the Collection Period that is the number of Collection Periods before the Expected Final Payment Date at least equal to the Accumulation Period Length.  On or before each Determination Date starting with the Determination Date in the           20   Collection Period and ending when the Controlled Accumulation Period starts, the Servicer will determine the “Accumulation Period Length.”

 

Section 4.3.                                 Investor Charge-Offs.  On each Determination Date, the Servicer will calculate the Investor Default Amount, if any, for the related Payment Date.  If the Investor Default Amount for any Payment Date exceeds the sum of the amounts applied to fund the Investor Default Amount under Section 4.2(a)(vii) (including any amounts applied under Section 4.2(b)), then the excess will be applied in the following order of priority to reduce (a) the Available Subordinated Amount for the related Determination Date (after giving effect to any reductions of the Available Subordinated Amount under Section 4.2(b)(ii)), (b) the Class D Invested Amount, (c) the Class C Invested Amount, (d) the Class B Invested Amount, and (e) the remaining Invested Amount.

 

Section 4.4.                                 Reallocated Principal Collections.  On each Payment Date, the Reallocated Principal Collections for that Payment Date will be applied in the following order of priority to reduce (a) the Available Subordinated Amount (after giving effect to any reductions of the Available Subordinated Amount under Section 4.2(b)(ii) and Section 4.3), (b) the Class D Invested Amount, (c) the Class C Invested Amount, and (d) the Class B Invested Amount.

 

Section 4.5.                                 Excess Interest Collections.  On each Payment Date, Series 20  -   will be allocated an amount equal to the product of (a) the aggregate amount of Excess Interest Collections for all Excess Interest Sharing Series in Excess Interest Sharing Group One for that Payment Date, times (b) a fraction with a numerator equal to the Interest Collections Shortfall for Series 20  -   for that Payment Date and a denominator equal to the aggregate amount of Interest Collections Shortfalls for all Excess Interest Sharing Series in Excess Interest Sharing Group One for that Payment Date.

 

Section 4.6.                                 Shared Principal Collections.  On each Payment Date, Series 20  -   will be allocated an amount equal to the product of (a) the aggregate amount of Shared Principal Collections for all Principal Sharing Series in Principal Sharing Group One for that Payment Date, times (b) a fraction with a numerator equal to the Principal Shortfall for Series 20  -   for that Payment Date and a denominator equal to the aggregate amount of Principal Shortfalls for all Principal Sharing Series in Principal Sharing Group One for that Payment Date.

 

Section 4.7.                                 Series 20  -   Accounts.

 

(a)                                 Establishment of Series 20  -   Accounts.  On or before the Closing Date, the Servicer will establish the following segregated trust accounts at a Qualified Institution (initially

 

12

 

the corporate trust department of            ), each in the name “           , as Indenture Trustee, as secured party for Ford Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A for Series 20  -  “, to be designated as follows:

 

(i)                           “Principal Funding Account” with account number       ;

 

(ii)                        “Reserve Account” with account number       ; and

 

(iii)                     “Accumulation Period Reserve Account” with account number       .

 

(b)                                 Control.  Each of the Series 20  -   Accounts will be under the control of the Indenture Trustee so long as the Series 20  -   Accounts remain subject to the Lien of this Indenture Supplement, except that the Servicer may make deposits to and direct the Indenture Trustee to make deposits to or withdrawals from the Series 20  -   Accounts according to the Series 20  -   Transaction Documents.  Following the payment in full of the Series 20  -   Notes and the release of the Series 20  -   Accounts from the Lien of this Indenture Supplement, the Series 20  -   Accounts will be under the control of the Issuer.

 

(c)                                  Benefit of Accounts; Deposits and Withdrawals.  The Series 20  -   Accounts and all cash, money, securities, investments, financial assets and other property deposited in or credited to them will be held by the Indenture Trustee as secured party for the benefit of the 20  -   Secured Parties and, after payment in full of the Series 20  -   Notes and the release of the Series 20  -   Accounts from the Lien of this Indenture Supplement, as agent of the Issuer and as part of the Trust Property.  All deposits to and withdrawals from the Series 20  -   Accounts will be made according to the Series 20  -   Transaction Documents.

 

(d)                                 Maintenance of Accounts.  If an institution maintaining the Series 20  -   Accounts ceases to be a Qualified Institution, the Servicer will, with the Indenture Trustee’s assistance as necessary, move the Series 20  -   Accounts to a Qualified Institution within 30 days.

 

(e)                                  Compliance.  Each Series 20  -   Account will be subject to the Series 20  -   Account Control Agreement.  The Servicer will ensure that the Series 20  -   Account Control Agreement requires the Qualified Institution maintaining the Series 20  -   Accounts to comply with “entitlement orders” (as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC) from the Indenture Trustee without further consent of the Issuer, if the Series 20  -   Notes are Outstanding, and to act as a “securities intermediary” according to the UCC.

 

(f)                                   Excess to Holders of Depositor Interest.  If on any Payment Date, after giving effect to all withdrawals from and deposits in the Series 20  -   Accounts, the amount in any Series 20  -   Account exceeds the amount required to be in that Series 20  -   Account under this Indenture Supplement or any other Series 20  -   Transaction Document, then the Indenture Trustee will, at the direction of the Servicer, distribute the excess to the Depositor Interest Account for distribution to the holders of the Depositor Interest according to the Trust Agreement.

 

13

 

Section 4.8.                                 Investment of Funds in Series 20  -   Accounts.

 

(a)                                 Permitted Investments.  If no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Servicer may provide investment instructions to the Indenture Trustee for the investment of funds in the Series 20  -   Accounts in Permitted Investments, and the Indenture Trustee will direct the Qualified Institution maintaining the Series 20  -   Accounts to invest the funds in the Series 20  -   Accounts in those Permitted Investments.  The investment instructions  from the Servicer may be in the form of a standing instruction.  If (i) the Servicer fails to give investment instructions for any funds in a Series 20  -   Account to the Indenture Trustee by 11:00 a.m. New York time (or other time as may be agreed by the Indenture Trustee) on the Business Day before a Payment Date or (ii) the Qualified Institution receives notice from the Indenture Trustee that a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing for the Series 20  -   Notes, the Qualified Institution will invest and reinvest funds in the Series 20  -   Accounts according to the last investment instruction received, if any.  If no prior investment instructions have been received or if the instructed investments are no longer available or permitted, the Indenture Trustee will notify the Servicer and request new investment instructions.  The Servicer may direct the Indenture Trustee to consent, vote, waive or take any other action, or not to take any action, on any matters available to the holder of the Permitted Investments.

 

(b)                                 Maturity of Investments.  Any Permitted Investments of funds in the Series 20  -   Accounts (or any reinvestments of the Permitted Investments) for a Collection Period must mature, if applicable, and be available no later than the related Payment Date.  However, funds in the Reserve Account may be invested in Permitted Investments that will not mature or be available before the related Payment Date if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied for the investment.  Any Permitted Investments with a maturity date will be held to their maturity, except that such Permitted Investments may be sold or disposed of before their maturity (i) if they relate to funds in the Reserve Account required to make payments under Section 4.2(b)(iii) or (ii) in connection with the sale or liquidation of the Collateral following an Event of Default under Section 5.6 of the Indenture.

 

(c)                                  No Liability for Investments.  None of the Depositors, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee or the Qualified Institution maintaining any Series 20  -   Account will be liable for the selection of Permitted Investments or for investment losses incurred on Permitted Investments (other than in the capacity as obligor, if applicable).

 

(d)                                 Continuation of Liens in Investments.  The Servicer will not direct the Indenture Trustee to make any investment of any funds or to sell any investment held in the Series 20  -   Account unless the security interest Granted and perfected in the account in favor of the Indenture Trustee will continue to be perfected in the investment or the proceeds of the sale, in each case, without any further action by any Person.

 

Section 4.9.                                 Series 20  -   Reserve Accounts.

 

(a)                                 Initial Reserve Account Deposit.  The Series 20  -   Reserve Account will be funded by the Depositors on the Closing Date in the amount equal to the Series 20  -   Reserve Account Required Amount for that date and will be increased and decreased as stated in this Indenture Supplement.

 

14

 

(b)                                 Reserve Account Step-up Deposit.  On or before the first day of any Subordination Step-up Period, the Depositors may elect to increase the Series 20  -   Reserve Account Required Percentage for that Subordination Step-up Period instead of increasing the Subordination Factor, by (i) notifying the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee of the election and (ii) depositing the amount of the related increase of the Series 20  -   Reserve Account Required Amount in the Series 20  -   Reserve Account.  However, if the Depositors fail to deposit the amount of the increase in the Series 20  -   Reserve Account on or before the Payment Date of that Subordination Step-up Period, the Subordination Factor will automatically increase according to the definition of Subordination Factor.

 

(c)                                  Release of Funds in Reserve Account.  On the earlier to occur of (A) the payment in full of the Series 20  -   Notes, and (B) the Series 20  -   Final Maturity Date, any funds remaining in the Series 20  -   Reserve Account will be treated as Available Investor Principal Collections. The Series 20  -   Reserve Account will, following that occurrence, be considered to have terminated under this Indenture Supplement.

 

Section 4.10.                          Series 20  -   Reserve Accumulation Period Reserve Accounts.

 

(a)                                 Initial Accumulation Period Reserve Account Deposit.  The Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account will be funded by the Issuer, starting on the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account Funding Date, in the amount equal to the Series 20  -   Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount for that date and will be increased and decreased as stated in this Indenture Supplement.

 

(b)                                 Accumulation Period Reserve Account Draw Amounts.  On or before each Payment Date for the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Servicer will calculate the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Draw Amount and direct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw the amount from the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account on that Payment Date and deposit the amount in the Collection Account for application as Available Investor Interest Collections.

 

(c)                                  Release of Funds in Accumulation Period Reserve Account.  On the earliest to occur of (A) the payment in full of the Series 20  -   Notes, (B) the first Payment Date relating to an Early Amortization Period, and (C) the Series 20  -   Final Maturity Date, any funds remaining in the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account will be treated as Available Investor Interest Collections.  The Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account will, following that occurrence, be considered to have terminated for purposes of this Indenture Supplement.

 

Section 4.11.                          [Calculation Agent].

 

(a)                                 Appointment.  [The Issuer agrees that for so long as the Floating Rate Notes are Outstanding there will be an agent appointed to calculate LIBOR for each Interest Period (the “Calculation Agent”).  The Issuer appoints                     as Calculation Agent only for the purposes of determining LIBOR for each Interest Period and                   accepts the appointment.  The Calculation Agent may be removed by the Issuer at any time.  If the Calculation Agent is unable or unwilling to act as Calculation Agent or is removed by the Issuer,

 

15

 

the Issuer will promptly appoint as a replacement Calculation Agent a leading bank engaged in transactions in Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurodollar market and not an Affiliate of the Issuer or its Affiliates.  The Calculation Agent may not resign without a replacement having been duly appointed.

 

(b)                                 LIBOR Determination.  On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will notify the Servicer, the Issuer and the Administrator by email of LIBOR for the following Interest Period.  All calculations of LIBOR for the Floating Rate Notes by the Calculation Agent, in the absence of manifest error, will be conclusive and binding on the Series 20  -   Noteholders.]

 

ARTICLE V
 THE NOTES

 

Section 5.1.                                 Additional Terms Applicable to the Notes.  The Series 20  -   Notes and the Series 20  -   Noteholders and Note Owners will be subject to the terms applicable to the Series 20  -   Notes in Article II of the Indenture and in this Article V.

 

Section 5.2.                                 Note Owner Representations.  Each Series 20  -   Note Owner, by its acceptance of an interest or participation in the Series 20  -   Notes, is deemed to represent, warrant and covenant to the Issuer, the Depositors and the Indenture Trustee as follows:

 

(a)                                 ERISA Representations.  Each Series 20  -   Note Owner that is subject to Title I of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or Similar Law, by accepting an interest or participation in a Series 20  -   Note, is deemed to represent that its purchase, holding and disposition of that interest or participation is not and will not result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code due to the applicability of a statutory or administrative exemption from the prohibited transaction rules (or, if the Series 20  -   Note Owner is subject to Similar Law, the purchase, holding and disposition is not and will not result in a non-exempt violation of that Similar Law).

 

(b)                                 Tax Treatment.  It will treat the Series 20  -   Notes for U.S. federal, State and local income and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness secured by the Trust Property.

 

Section 5.3.                                 [Rule 144A Notes].

 

(a)                                 [Rule 144A Notes Not Registered.  The Class    [and Class   ] Notes ([collectively,] the “Rule 144A Notes”) have not been registered under the Securities Act or any State securities laws.  None of the Issuer, the Depositors or the Indenture Trustee is obligated to register the Rule 144A Notes under the Securities Act or any State securities or “blue sky” laws or to take other action not required under this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture or the Trust Agreement to permit the transfer of a Rule 144A Note without registration.  The Issuer, at the direction of the Depositors or the Administrator, may elect to register, or cause the registration of, the Rule 144A Notes under the Securities Act and any applicable State securities laws.  In this case, the Issuer will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Indenture Trustee and the Note Registrar the Opinions of Counsel, Officer’s Certificates and other information necessary to effect the registration.

 

16

 

 

(b)           Restrictions on Transfer.  Until the Rule 144A Notes have been registered under the Securities Act and any applicable State securities laws under Section 5.3(a), no Rule 144A Note may be sold, transferred, assigned, participated, pledged or disposed of (each, a “Rule 144A Note Transfer”) except according to this Section 5.3, and an attempted Rule 144A Note Transfer in violation of this Section 5.3 will be null and void (each, a “Void Rule 144A Note Transfer”).

 

(c)           Note Legend and Transferee Representation.  Each Rule 144A Note will bear the legend in Exhibit A.  As a condition to the registration of a Rule 144A Note Transfer, the prospective transferee of the Rule 144A Note will be deemed to represent to the Indenture Trustee, the Note Registrar and the Issuer the following:

 

(i)         It understands that the Rule 144A Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any State securities or “blue sky” laws.

 

(ii)        It understands that Rule 144A Note Transfers are only permitted if made in compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable laws and only to a person who the holder reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A (a “QIB”).

 

(iii)       It (A) is a QIB, (B) is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and if it is acquiring the Rule 144A Notes or an interest or participation in the Rule 144A Notes for the account of another QIB, that other QIB is aware that the sale is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and (C) is acquiring the Rule 144A Notes or an interest or participation in the Rule 144A Notes for its own account or for the account of another QIB.

 

(iv)       It is purchasing the Rule 144A Notes for its own account or for one or more investor accounts for which it is acting as fiduciary or agent, in each case for investment, and not with a view to offer, transfer, assign, participate, pledge or dispose of the Rule 144A Notes for a distribution that would violate the Securities Act.

 

(d)           Rule 144A Noteholder Agreement.  By acceptance of a Rule 144A Note, the Series 20  -   Noteholder of a Rule 144A Note agrees with and represents to the Depositors, the Issuer and the Note Registrar that no Rule 144A Note Transfer will be made unless (i) the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable State securities laws have been complied with for the Rule 144A Note according to Section 5.3(a), (ii) the Rule 144A Note Transfer is to a Depositor or its Affiliates or (iii) the Rule 144A Note Transfer is exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act because the Rule 144A Note Transfer is in compliance with Rule 144A, to a transferee who the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the Rule 144A Note Transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

(e)           Rule 144A Information.  The Depositors will make available to the prospective transferor and transferee of a Rule 144A Note information requested to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (d)(4) of Rule 144A (the “Rule 144A Information”).  The Rule 144A Information will include any of the following items requested by the prospective transferee:

 

17

 

(i)         the offering memorandum, if any, relating to the Rule 144A Notes and any amendments or supplements to the offering memorandum;

 

(ii)        the Monthly Investor Report for each Payment Date before the request;

 

(iii)       copies of the Series 20  -   Transaction Documents, including any amendments, and

 

(iv)       any other information reasonably available to the Depositors that may be considered Rule 144A Information.]

 

Section 5.4.           Communications by Series 20  -   Noteholders.

 

(a)           Noteholder Communications with Indenture Trustee.  A Series 20  -   Noteholder (if the Notes are represented by Definitive Notes) or a Note Owner (if the Notes are represented by Book-Entry Notes) may communicate with the Indenture Trustee and give notices and make requests and demands and give directions to the Indenture Trustee through the procedures of the Clearing Agency and by notifying the Indenture Trustee.  Any Note Owner must provide a written certification stating that the Note Owner is a beneficial owner of a Series 20  -   Note, together with supporting documentation such as a trade confirmation, an account statement, a letter from a broker or dealer verifying ownership or another similar document evidencing ownership of a Series 20  -   Note.  The Indenture Trustee will not be required to take action in response to requests, demands or directions of a Series 20  -   Noteholder or a Note Owner, other than requests, demands or directions relating to an asset representations review demand under Section 5.5, unless the Series 20  -   Noteholder or Note Owner has offered reasonable security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee to protect it against the fees and expenses that it may incur in complying with the request, demand or direction.

 

(b)           Communications between Series 20  -   Noteholders.  A Series 20  -   Noteholder (if the Notes are represented by Definitive Notes) or a Note Owner (if the Notes are represented by Book-Entry Notes) that seeks to communicate with other Series 20  -   Noteholders or Note Owners, as applicable, about a possible exercise of rights under this Indenture Supplement or the other Series 20  -   Transaction Documents may send a request to the Issuer or the Servicer, on behalf of the Issuer, to include information regarding the communication in a Form 10-D to be filed by the Issuer with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Each request must include (i) the name of the requesting Series 20  -   Noteholder or Note Owner, (ii) the method by which other Series 20  -   Noteholders or Note Owners, as applicable, may contact the requesting Series 20  -   Noteholder or Note Owner and (iii) in the case of a Note Owner, a certification from that Person that it is a Note Owner, together with at least one form of documentation evidencing its ownership of a Series 20  -   Note, including a trade confirmation, account statement, letter from a broker or dealer or similar document.  A Series 20  -   Noteholder or Note Owner, as applicable, that delivers a request under this Section 5.4(b) will be deemed to have certified to the Issuer and the Servicer that its request to communicate with other Series 20  -   Noteholders or Note Owners, as applicable, relates solely to a possible exercise of rights under this Indenture or the other Series 20  -   Transaction Documents, and will not be used for other purposes.  The Issuer will promptly

 

18

 

deliver any request to the Servicer.  On receipt of a request, the Servicer will include in the Form 10-D filed by the Issuer with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the Collection Period in which the request was received (A) a statement that the Issuer has received a request from a Series 20  -   Noteholder or Note Owner, as applicable, that is interested in communicating with other Series 20  -   Noteholders or Note Owners, as applicable, about a possible exercise of rights under this Indenture or the other Series 20  -   Transaction Documents, (B) the name of the requesting Series 20  -   Noteholder or Note Owner, (C) the date the request was received and (D) a description of the method by which the other Series 20  -   Noteholders or Note Owners, as applicable, may contact the requesting Series 20  -   Noteholder or Note Owner.

 

Section 5.5.           Series 20  -   Noteholder Demand for Asset Representations Review.  If a Status Trigger occurs, a Series 20  -   Noteholder (if the Notes are represented by Definitive Notes) or a Note Owner (if the Notes are represented by Book-Entry Notes) may make a demand on the Indenture Trustee to cause a vote of the Series 20  -   Noteholders or Note Owners, as applicable, about whether to direct the Asset Representations Reviewer to conduct a Review of the Review Receivables under the Asset Representations Review Agreement.  In the case of a Note Owner, each demand must be accompanied by a certification from that Person that it is a Note Owner, together with at least one form of documentation evidencing its ownership of a Series 20  -   Note, including a trade confirmation, account statement, letter from a broker or dealer or similar document.  If Series 20  -   Noteholders and Note Owners, of at least 5% of the aggregate Note Balance of the Notes demand a vote within 90 days of the filing of the Form 10-D reporting the occurrence of the Status Trigger, the Indenture Trustee will promptly request a vote of the Series 20  -   Noteholders through the Clearing Agency.  The vote will remain open until the 150th day after the filing of the Form 10-D.  Assuming a voting quorum of Series 20  -   Noteholders holding at least 5% of the aggregate Note Balance of the Series 20  -   Notes is reached, if the Series 20  -   Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance of Series 20  -   Notes voted agree to a Review, the Indenture Trustee will promptly send a Review Notice to the Asset Representations Reviewer and the Servicer under the Asset Representations Review Agreement directing the Asset Representations Reviewer to conduct the Review.

 

ARTICLE VI
 SERIES 20  -   AMORTIZATION EVENTS

 

Section 6.1.           Series 20  -   Amortization Events.  Any of the following events for the Series 20  -   Notes will be an Amortization Event:

 

(a)           Failure to Make Required Payments; Failure to Perform.  Either Depositor fails (i) to make any payment or deposit required to be made under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture or this Indenture Supplement on or before the date occurring five Business Days after the date the payment or deposit is required to be made or (ii) to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of that Depositor in the related Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture or this Indenture Supplement that has an Adverse Effect and continues for 60 days after the Depositor receives notice from the Indenture Trustee of the failure, requiring it to be corrected, and the failure continues to have an Adverse Effect for that 60-day period;

 

19

 

(b)           Representations and Warranties.  Any representation or warranty made by either Depositor in the related Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture or this Indenture Supplement, or any information contained in a computer file or other list required to be delivered by that Depositor under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement, proves to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or when delivered and has an Adverse Effect, which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for 60 days after the Depositor receives notice from the Indenture Trustee of the failure, requiring it to be corrected, and the failure continues to have an Adverse Effect for that 60-day period.  However, a Series 20  -   Amortization Event under this subsection (b) will be considered corrected if that Depositor has accepted reassignment of the related Receivable, or all those Receivables, if applicable, during that period according to the related Sale and Servicing Agreement;

 

(c)           Servicer Termination Event.  A Servicer Termination Event occurs that has an Adverse Effect;

 

(d)           Expected Final Payment Date.  The Note Balance of the Series 20  -   Notes is not paid in full on the Expected Final Payment Date;

 

(e)           Monthly Principal Payment Rate.  The average of the Monthly Principal Payment Rates for the three prior Collection Periods is less than   %;

 

(f)            Required Subordinated Amount.  On any Determination Date, the Available Subordinated Amount for the next Payment Date will be less than the Required Subordinated Amount after giving effect to any payments to be made on that Payment Date, and continues unremedied for five Business Days after that Payment Date.  For the purpose of determining whether a Series 20  -   Amortization Event has occurred under this subsection (f), any reduction of the Available Subordinated Amount resulting from reallocations of the Available Depositor Principal Collections to pay interest on the Series 20  -   Notes if LIBOR is equal to or greater than the prime rate on which interest on the receivables is calculated on the applicable LIBOR Determination Date will be considered a Series 20  -   Amortization Event only if LIBOR remains equal to or greater than the prime rate for the next 30 consecutive days following that LIBOR Determination Date;

 

(g)           Excess Funding Account.  The amounts in the Excess Funding Account exceed   % of the sum of the “Adjusted Invested Amounts” of all Series for three consecutive Collection Periods, after giving effect to any payments to be made on each related Payment Date; or

 

(h)           Acceleration of Series 20  -   Notes.  An Event of Default for Series 20  -   occurs and the Series 20  -   Notes are accelerated under Section 5.2 of the Indenture.

 

If an event described in subsections (a) through (c) above occurs and is continuing, either the Indenture Trustee or the Series 20  -   Noteholders of a majority of the Note Balance of the Series 20  -   Notes by notifying the Depositors and the Servicer (and to the Indenture Trustee if given by the Series 20  -   Noteholders) may declare that an Amortization Event for the Series 20  -   Notes (a “Series 20  -   Amortization Event”).  If an event described in subsections (d) through (h) above occurs, a Series 20  -   Amortization Event will occur

 

20

 

immediately without any notice or other action by the Indenture Trustee or the Series 20  -   Noteholders.

 

ARTICLE VII
 SERIES FINAL MATURITY; FINAL PAYMENTS

 

Section 7.1.           Series Final Maturity.

 

(a)           Reassignment Amount; Liquidation Proceeds.  If the Sold Receivables are reassigned under Section 2.3(c) or 6.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreements, the Reassignment Amount will be paid to the Series 20  -   Noteholders on the first Payment Date following the Collection Period in which the reassignment occurs.  If the Collateral allocable to Series 20  -   is liquidated under Section 5.6(c) of the Indenture, the proceeds from the liquidation will be paid to the Series 20  -   Noteholders on the first Payment Date following the Collection Period in which the liquidation occurs.  The Indenture Trustee will (based on the information in the most recent Monthly Investor Report) make payments or distributions of the Reassignment Amount or the proceeds from any liquidation of Collateral allocable to Series 20  -   under Section 5.6(c) of the Indenture according to Section 4.2 on the related Payment Date.

 

(b)           Payment in Full.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreements, (i) all amounts distributed to the Note Paying Agent under Section 7.1(a) for payment to the Series 20  -   Noteholders will be considered paid in full to the Series 20  -   Noteholders on the date the funds are distributed to the Note Paying Agent under this Section 7.1(b) and will be considered to be a final payment of the Series 20  -  Notes and (ii) if the amounts available for final payment to the Series 20  -   Noteholders and to the Noteholders of any other Series on any Payment Date are less than the amount required to be so paid, the available amounts will be allocated to each Series based on the respective amounts required to be paid to each Series on that Payment Date.

 

ARTICLE VIII
 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 8.1.           Ratification of Agreement.  The Indenture, as supplemented by this Indenture Supplement, will continue in full force and effect and is ratified and confirmed.

 

Section 8.2.           GOVERNING LAW.  THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND EACH SERIES 20  -   NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED ACCORDING TO THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 8.3.           Counterparts.  This Indenture Supplement may be executed in multiple counterparts.  Each counterpart will be an original and all counterparts will together be one document.

 

[Remainder of Page Left Blank]

 

21

 

	
EXECUTED   BY:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
FORD   CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER
    
	
 
    	
TRUST A, as Issuer
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
, 

not   in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
                          ,   not in its individual capacity, but solely as Indenture Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
AGREED   AND ACCEPTED BY:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
FORD   MOTOR CREDIT COMPANY LLC,
    	
 
    
	
as Servicer
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Name:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Title:
    	
 
    

 

[Signature Page to Series 20  -   Indenture Supplement]

 

 

 

Appendix A
 to Indenture Supplement

 

Usage and Definitions

 

Ford Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A
 Series 20  -  

 

Usage

 

The following usage rules apply to this Appendix, any document that incorporates this Appendix and any document delivered under any such document:

 

(a)                                 The term “document” includes any document, agreement, instrument, certificate, notice, report, statement or other writing, whether in electronic or physical form.

 

(b)                                 Accounting terms not defined or not completely defined in this Appendix will have the meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles, international financial reporting standards or other applicable accounting principles in effect in the United States on the date of the document that incorporates this Appendix.

 

(c)                                  References to “Article,” “Section,” “Exhibit,” “Schedule,” “Appendix” or another subdivision of or to an attachment are, unless otherwise stated, to an article, section, exhibit, schedule, appendix or subdivision of or an attachment to the document in which the reference appears.

 

(d)                                 Any document defined or referred to in this Appendix or in any document that incorporates this Appendix means the document as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced, including by waiver or consent, and includes all attachments to and instruments incorporated in the document.

 

(e)                                  Any statute defined or referred to in this Appendix or in any document that incorporates this Appendix means the statute as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced, including by succession of comparable successor statute, and includes any rules and regulations under the statute and any judicial and administrative interpretations of the statute.

 

(f)                                   References to “law” or “applicable law” in this Appendix or in any document that incorporates this Appendix include all rules and regulations enacted under such law.

 

(g)                                  The calculation of any amount as of the Series Cutoff Date will be determined as of the open of business on that day before the application or processing of any funds, payments and other transactions on that day.  The calculation of any amount for any other day will be determined as of the close of business on that day after the application or processing of any funds, payments and other transactions on that day.

 

(h)                                 References to deposits, transfers and payments of any funds refer to deposits, transfers or payments of such funds in immediately available funds.

 

AA-1

 

(i)                                     The terms defined in this Appendix apply to the singular and plural forms of those terms.

 

(j)                                    The term “including” means “including without limitation.”

 

(k)                                 References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns, whether in its individual or representative capacity.

 

(l)                                     In the computation of periods of time from one date to or through a later date, the word “from” means “from and including,” the word “to” means “to but excluding,” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

 

(m)                             Except where “not less than zero” or similar language is indicated, amounts determined by reference to a mathematical formula may be positive or negative.

 

(n)                                 References to a month, quarter or year are, unless otherwise stated, to a calendar month, calendar quarter or calendar year.

 

(o)                                 No Person will be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular event or occurrence for purposes of any document that incorporates this Appendix, unless either (i) a Responsible Person of the Person has actual knowledge of the event or occurrence or (ii) the Person has received notice of the event or occurrence according to any Transaction Document.

 

Definitions

 

“Accrued Note Interest” means, for a Class and a Payment Date, the sum of the Note Monthly Interest and the Note Interest Shortfall for that Class.

 

“Accumulation Period Factor” means, for any Collection Period, a fraction with:

 

(a)                                 a numerator equal to the sum of the “Initial Invested Amounts” of all Series in Principal Sharing Group One; and

 

(b)                                 a denominator equal to the sum of (i) the Initial Invested Amount, plus (ii) the “Initial Invested Amounts” of all Series in Principal Sharing Group One, other than Series 20  -  , that are not expected to be in their “Revolving Periods” from that date to the Expected Final Payment Date.

 

“Accumulation Period Length” means, for a Determination Date, the number of Collection Periods needed for the sum of the Accumulation Period Factors for those Collection Periods to be equal to or greater than the Required Accumulation Factor Number for that Determination Date.

 

“Adjusted Invested Amount” means, as of a date, (a) the Invested Amount, minus (b) during an Accumulation Period or Amortization Period for Series 20  -  , the amount of any Principal Collections in the Collection Account allocable to Series 20  -  , minus (c) the amount in the Series 20  -   Principal Funding Account (excluding any net investment earnings), each as of that date.

 

EA-2

 

“Asset Representations Review Agreement” means the Asset Representations Review Agreement, dated as of          , 20  , among the Issuer, the Servicer and the Asset Representations Reviewer.

 

“Asset Representations Reviewer” means           , a            .

 

“Available Investor Interest Collections” means, for a Payment Date, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Investor Interest Collections for the related Collection Period, plus (b) any net investment earnings on amounts in the Series 20  -   Accounts for the related Collection Period, plus (c) the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Draw Amount for that Payment Date, plus (d) on the termination of the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account under Section 4.7(c)(iii) of the Indenture Supplement, all remaining amounts in the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account (excluding any net investment earnings), plus (e) the Monthly Depositor Servicing Fee for that Payment Date.

 

“Available Investor Principal Collections” means, for a Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the Investor Principal Collections for the related Collection Period, plus (ii) any Available Investor Interest Collections, Series 20  -   Reserve Account Available Amounts, Excess Interest Collections from other Series in Excess Interest Sharing Group One and Available Depositor Collections that, under Sections 4.2(a) and (b) of the Indenture Supplement, are to be treated as Available Investor Principal Collections for that Payment Date, plus (iii) the Series 20  -   Excess Funding Amount, plus (iv) any Shared Principal Collections for other Series in Principal Sharing Group One (including any amounts in the Excess Funding Account that are made available to Series 20  -   under the Indenture as Shared Principal Collections), plus (v) on the termination of the Series 20  -   Reserve Account under Section 4.7(b)(ii) of the Indenture Supplement, all remaining amounts in the Series 20  -   Reserve Account (excluding any net investment earnings and after giving effect to Section 4.2(b)(iii)) of the Indenture Supplement, over (b) any Reallocated Principal Collections for that Payment Date.

 

“Available Subordinated Amount” means (a) for the first Determination Date after the Closing Date, an amount equal to the Required Subordinated Amount for the first Determination Date and (b) for any later Determination Date, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Required Subordinated Amount for that Determination Date and (ii) an amount equal to:

 

(A)                               the Available Subordinated Amount for the prior Determination Date; minus

 

(B)                               the amount of any Available Depositor Principal Collections used to cover shortfalls on the related Payment Date under Section 4.2(b)(ii) of the Indenture Supplement; minus

 

(C)                               the amount of the Investor Charge Offs and Reallocated Principal Collections for the related Payment Date applied to reduce the Available Subordinated Amount under Sections 4.3 and 4.4 of the Indenture Supplement; plus

 

(D)                               the amount of any Available Investor Interest Collections paid under Section 4.2(a)(xiii) of the Indenture Supplement to the Depositor Interest Account for distribution to the holders of the Depositor Interest; minus

 

EA-3

 

(E)                                the Incremental Subordinated Amount for the prior Determination Date; plus

 

(F)                                 the Incremental Subordinated Amount for that Determination Date; minus

 

(G)                               the Subordinated Percentage of the increase in the Series 20  -   Excess Funding Amount since the prior Payment Date to the next Payment Date; plus

 

(H)                              the Subordinated Percentage of the decrease in the Series 20  -   Excess Funding Amount since the prior Payment Date to the next Payment Date; plus

 

(I)                                   an amount equal to the increase, if any, in the Required Subordinated Amount as a result of a change in the Subordination Factor since the prior Determination Date, minus

 

(J)                                   an amount equal to the decrease, if any, in the Required Subordinated Amount as a result of a change in the Subordination Factor since the prior Determination Date, plus

 

(K)                               any increases in the Available Subordinated Amount elected by the Depositors; provided, that the cumulative amount of the increases may not exceed [3.5]% of the initial Note Balance of the Series 20  -   Notes.

 

“Back-up Servicing Fee Rate” means    % per annum or a lesser percentage as may be stated by the Back-up Servicer, if any, in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Indenture Trustee.  If no Back-up Servicing Agreement is in effect, all references to the Back-up Servicing Fee Rate in this Indenture Supplement will be considered to be deleted from this Indenture Supplement and have no further effect.

 

[“Calculation Agent” has the meaning stated in Section 4.11 of the Indenture Supplement.]

 

“Class” means the Class A[-1], [Class A-2,] Class B, Class C and Class D Notes, as applicable.

 

“Class A[-1] Notes” means the $         Series 20  -   Class A-1 [   %][Floating Rate] Backed Notes issued by the Issuer, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

 

[“Class A-2 Notes” means the $         Series 20  -   Class A-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes issued by the Issuer, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.]

 

[“Class A Notes” means the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Notes.  Unless otherwise stated, the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Notes will be treated as a single Class for purposes of allocations, distributions or payments.]

 

“Class B Invested Amount” means, as of a date, an amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) the initial Note Balance of the Class B Notes, minus (b) the aggregate amount of any principal payments made to the Noteholders of the Class B Notes before that date, minus (c) the cumulative amount of unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs applied to reduce the Class B Invested

 

EA-4

 

Amount under Section 4.3 of the Indenture Supplement before that date, minus (d) the cumulative amount of unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections applied to reduce the Class B Invested Amount under Section 4.4 of the Indenture Supplement before that date.

 

“Class B Notes” means the $         Series 20  -   Class B [   %][Floating Rate] Asset Backed Notes issued by the Issuer, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

 

“Class C Invested Amount” means, as of a date, an amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) the initial Note Balance of the Class C Notes, minus (b) the aggregate amount of any principal payments made to the Noteholders of the Class C Notes before that date, minus (c) the cumulative amount of unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs applied to reduce the Class C Invested Amount under Section 4.3 of the Indenture Supplement before that date, minus (d) the cumulative amount of unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections applied to reduce the Class C Invested Amount under Section 4.4 of the Indenture Supplement before that date.

 

“Class C Notes” means the $         Series 20  -   Class C [   %][Floating Rate] Asset Backed Notes issued by the Issuer, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

 

“Class D Invested Amount” means, as of a date, an amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) the initial Note Balance of the Class D Notes, minus (b) the aggregate amount of any principal payments made to the Noteholders of the Class D Notes before that date, minus (c) the cumulative amount of unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs applied to reduce the Class D Invested Amount under Section 4.3 of the Indenture Supplement before that date, minus (d) the cumulative amount of unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections applied to reduce the Class D Invested Amount under Section 4.4 of the Indenture Supplement before that date.

 

“Class D Notes” means the $         Series 20  -   Class D [   %][Floating Rate] Asset Backed Notes issued by the Issuer, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

 

“Closing Date” means         , 20  .

 

“Controlled Accumulation Amount” means, for a Payment Date for the Controlled Accumulation Period, an amount equal to the Initial Invested Amount divided by six, except that, if the Controlled Accumulation Period starts after         20  , the Controlled Accumulation Amount for each Payment Date for the Controlled Accumulation Period will be equal to (a) the product of (i) the Initial Invested Amount, times (ii) the Accumulation Period Factor for the last Collection Period of the Revolving Period, divided by (b) the Required Accumulation Factor Number for the last Determination Date during the Revolving Period.

 

“Controlled Accumulation Period” means, unless an Early Amortization Period has started before that period, the period starting on the first day of the         20   Collection Period or a later date as is determined according to Section 4.2(g) of the Indenture Supplement and ending on the earlier to occur of (a) the day before the start of the Early Amortization Period and (b) the end of the Collection Period before the Payment Date on which the Note Balance of the Series 20  -   Notes will be paid in full.

 

“Controlled Deposit Amount” means, for a Payment Date for the Controlled Accumulation Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Controlled Accumulation Amount

 

EA-5

 

for that Payment Date and (b) any Deficit Controlled Accumulation Amount for the prior Payment Date.

 

“Dealer Overconcentration” means, for a Determination Date, the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Receivables originated in all Accounts of a Dealer or a group of affiliated Dealers on the last day of the related Collection Period, over (b)   % (or   % in the case of Dealers affiliated with AutoNation, Inc. (or its successors in interest)) of the Pool Balance on the last day of that Collection Period (or, in either case, a higher percentage if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied).

 

“Defaulted Amount” means, for a Determination Date, an amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) the principal amount of all Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during the related Collection Period, minus (b) the amount of the Defaulted Receivables that are reassigned to the Depositors according to the Sale and Servicing Agreements (except that if an Insolvency Event of a Depositor occurs, the amount of the Defaulted Receivables that are reassigned to that Depositor will be zero), minus (c) the amount of the Defaulted Receivables that are assigned to the Servicer according to the Sale and Servicing Agreements (which will be zero if an Insolvency Event of the Servicer occurs).

 

“Deficit Controlled Accumulation Amount” means (a) for the first Payment Date for the Controlled Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Accumulation Amount for that Payment Date, over the amount deposited in the Series 20  -   Principal Funding Account on that Payment Date and (b) for each later Payment Date for the Controlled Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount for that Payment Date, over the amount deposited in the Series 20  -   Principal Funding Account on that Payment Date.

 

“Development Dealer Overconcentration” means, for a Determination Date, the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Receivables that are Development Dealer Receivables on the last day of the related Collection Period, over (b)   % of the Pool Balance on the last day of that Collection Period (or, a higher percentage if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied).

 

“Early Amortization Period” means the period starting on the day on which an Amortization Event for Series 20  -   occurs (or, if the Servicer is not required to make daily deposits of Collections in the Collection Account under Section 8.4(b) of the Indenture, starting on the first day of the Collection Period in which the Amortization Event occurs) and ending on the earlier to occur of (a) the end of the Collection Period before the Payment Date on which the Note Balance of the Series 20  -   Notes will be paid in full and (b) the Series 20  -   Final Maturity Date.

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

“Excess Interest Collections” means, for a Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the Available Investor Interest Collections for that Payment Date, over (b) the amount required to be paid, without duplication, under Sections 4.2(a)(i) through (xv) of the Indenture Supplement on that Payment Date.

 

“Expected Final Payment Date” means the           20   Payment Date.

 

EA-6

 

“Fixed Investor Percentage” means, for a Deposit Date or Collection Period (or portion of a Collection Period occurring after the end of the Revolving Period), the percentage equivalent (not to exceed 100%) of a fraction with (a) a numerator equal to the Invested Amount on the last day of the Revolving Period and (b) a denominator equal to the greater of (i) the Adjusted Pool Balance on the last day of the prior Collection Period and (ii) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the applicable “Investor Percentages” for allocating Principal Collections to all Series for that Collection Period, except that, for any Deposit Date or Collection Period occurring after the Collection Period on the last day of which the Adjusted Invested Amount is zero, the Fixed Investor Percentage will be zero.

 

“Fleet Overconcentration” means, for a Determination Date, the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Receivables that are Fleet Receivables on the last day of the related Collection Period, over (b)   % of the Pool Balance on the last day of that Collection Period (or a higher percentage if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied).

 

“Floating Investor Percentage” means, for a Deposit Date or Collection Period (or portion of a Collection Period occurring before the end of the Revolving Period), the percentage equivalent (not to exceed 100%) of a fraction with (a) a numerator equal to the Adjusted Invested Amount on the last day of the prior Collection Period (or for the first Collection Period, the initial Note Balance of the Series 20  -   Notes) and (b) a denominator equal to the Adjusted Pool Balance on the last day of the prior Collection Period (or for the first Collection Period, the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the Series Cutoff Date).

 

[“Floating Rate Notes” means the Class A-2[, Class B, Class C and Class D] Notes.]

 

“Incremental Subordinated Amount” means, for a Determination Date, the product of:

 

(a)                                 a fraction with (i) a numerator equal to an amount (not less than zero) equal to (A) the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the related Payment Date, plus (B) the product of the initial Note Balance of the Series 20  -   Notes times the excess of the Required Pool Percentage over 100%, plus (C) the Required Subordinated Amount on that Determination Date (without giving effect to the Incremental Subordinated Amount), minus (D) the Series 20  -   Excess Funding Amount as of that Determination Date and (ii) a denominator equal to the Pool Balance on that Determination Date; times

 

(b)                                 the Non-Conforming Receivable Amount on that Determination Date.

 

“Indenture Supplement” means, for Series 20  -  , the Series 20  -   Indenture Supplement, dated as of         , 20  , between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

“Initial Invested Amount” means, for the Series 20  -   Notes and for a date, $          .  However, the Initial Invested Amount will be reduced by the initial Note Balance of any Series 20  -   Notes that are no longer Outstanding on the day before the start of the Early Amortization Period.

 

“Interest Collections Shortfall” means, for a Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount required to be paid, without duplication, under Sections 4.2(a)(i)

 

EA-7

 

through (xv) of the Indenture Supplement on that Payment Date, over (b) the Available Investor Interest Collections for that Payment Date.

 

“Interest Period” means, for a Payment Date (a) for each Class of Notes, except the Floating Rate Notes, from the 15th day of the month before the Payment Date to the 15th day of the month in which the Payment Date occurs (or from the Closing Date to           , 20   for the first Payment Date), and (b) for the Floating Rate Notes, from the prior Payment Date to the Payment Date (or from the Closing Date to           , 20   for the first Payment Date).

 

“Invested Amount” means, as of a date, an amount equal to (a) the initial Note Balance of the Series 20  -   Notes, minus (b) the aggregate amount of any principal payments made to the Series 20  -   Noteholders before that date, minus (c) the cumulative amount of unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs applied to reduce the Invested Amount under Section 4.3 of the Indenture Supplement before that date, minus (d) the cumulative amount of unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections applied to reduce the Invested Amount under Section 4.4 of the Indenture Supplement before that date.

 

“Investor Charge-Off” means, for a Payment Date, the excess, if any, of the amount of the unfunded Investor Default Amount for that Payment Date over the amount of the Investor Default Amount applied to reduce the Available Subordinated Amount under Section 4.3 of the Indenture Supplement for that Payment Date.

 

“Investor Default Amount” means, for a Payment Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Floating Investor Percentage for the related Collection Period, times (b) the Defaulted Amount for that Collection Period.

 

“Investor Interest Collections” means, for a Deposit Date or Collection Period, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Floating Investor Percentage for the related Collection Period, times (b) the Interest Collections for that Deposit Date or Collection Period, as applicable.

 

“Investor Percentage” means, for a Collection Period (a) for Interest Collections and Defaulted Amounts at any time and Principal Collections during the Revolving Period, the Floating Investor Percentage and (b) for Principal Collections during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, the Fixed Investor Percentage.

 

“Investor Principal Collections” means, for a Deposit Date or Collection Period, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Investor Percentage for the related Collection Period, times (b) the Principal Collections for that Deposit Date or Collection Period, as applicable.

 

[“LIBOR” means, for any Interest Period, the following rate, as determined by the Calculation Agent:

 

(a)                                 the rate for U.S. dollar deposits for a period of one month which appears on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date; and

 

(b)                                 if the rate does not appear on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, the rate determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. Dollars are offered

 

EA-8

 

by four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period of one month starting on the LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount of at least U.S.$1,000,000, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of the banks selected to quote its rate.  If at least two quotes are provided, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations.  If fewer than two quotes are provided, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City, selected by the Calculation Agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that LIBOR Determination Date for loans in U.S. Dollars to leading European banks for a period of one month starting on the LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount of at least U.S.$1,000,000.  However, if the banks selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting rates, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the same as LIBOR for the immediately preceding Interest Period.  All percentages resulting from any determination of LIBOR will be rounded to the nearest 1/100,000 of 1% (0.000001), with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward.]

 

[“LIBOR Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days before the first day of the applicable Interest Period.]

 

[“London Banking Day” means a day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.]

 

“Manufacturer Overconcentration” means, for a Determination Date, the sum of:

 

(a)                                 the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Receivables that relate to a particular Manufacturer (other than Ford or one of its associated Manufacturers) with a long-term unsecured rating of “A-” or better by Standard & Poor’s and Fitch (if rated by Fitch), and “A3” or better by Moody’s (if rated by Moody’s) on the last day of the related Collection Period, over (ii)   % of the Pool Balance on the last day of that Collection Period (or a higher percentage if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied); plus

 

(b)                                 the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Receivables that relate to a particular Manufacturer (other than Ford or one of its associated Manufacturers) with a long-term unsecured rating of “BBB+” or lower by Standard & Poor’s or unrated by Standard & Poor’s, or “BBB+” or lower by Fitch (if rated by Fitch), or “Baa1” or lower by Moody’s (if rated by Moody’s) on the last day of the related Collection Period, over (ii)   % of the Pool Balance on the last day of that Collection Period (or a higher percentage if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied).

 

“Medium and Heavy Truck Overconcentration” means, for a Determination Date, the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Receivables that are Medium and Heavy Truck Receivables on the last day of the related Collection Period, over (b)   % of the Pool

 

EA-9

 

Balance on the last day of that Collection Period (or a higher percentage if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied).

 

“Monthly Back-up Servicing Fee” means, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) the Back-up Servicing Fee Rate, times (b) the percentage equivalent of a fraction with a numerator equal to the Floating Investor Percentage for the related Collection Period and a denominator equal to the sum of the “Floating Investor Percentages” for all Series for that Collection Period, times (c) the aggregate principal amount of Receivables on the last day of the prior Collection Period.  If no Back-up Servicing Agreement is in effect, all references to the Monthly Back-up Servicing Fee in this Indenture Supplement will be considered to be deleted from this Indenture Supplement and have no further effect.

 

“Monthly Depositor Servicing Fee” means, for a Payment Date, an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) the product of (i) the sum of the Servicing Fee Rate and the Back-up Servicing Fee Rate, times (ii) 100% minus the sum of the “Floating Investor Percentages” for all Series for the related Collection Period, times (iii) the aggregate principal amount of Receivables on the last day of the prior Collection Period, times (b) the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Floating Investor Percentage for the related Collection Period and the denominator of which is the sum of the “Floating Investor Percentages” for all Series for that Collection Period.

 

“Monthly Investor Report” has the meaning stated in Section 3.1(a) of the Indenture Supplement.

 

“Monthly Principal Amount” means, for each Payment Date, starting with the Payment Date in the month following the month in which (a) the Controlled Accumulation Period starts, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Controlled Deposit Amount for that Payment Date, and (ii) the Adjusted Invested Amount on that Payment Date, or (b) the Early Amortization Period starts, the Adjusted Invested Amount on that Payment Date.

 

“Monthly Principal Payment Rate” means, for a Collection Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the Principal Collections for that Collection Period and (b) the denominator of which is the Pool Balance on the first day of that Collection Period.

 

“Monthly Servicing Fee” means, for a Payment Date, an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) the Servicing Fee Rate, times (b) the percentage equivalent of a fraction with a numerator equal to the Floating Investor Percentage for the related Collection Period and a denominator equal to the sum of the “Floating Investor Percentages” for all Series for that Collection Period, times (c) the aggregate principal amount of Receivables on the last day of the prior Collection Period, or for the first Collection Period, the aggregate principal amount of Receivables on the Series Cutoff Date.

 

“Non-Conforming Receivable Amount” means, for a Determination Date, the excess, if any, of:

 

(a)                                 the sum, without duplication, of (i) the principal amount of Receivables that are Ineligible Receivables for that Determination Date, plus (ii) the aggregate amount

 

EA-10

 

of Dealer Overconcentrations, Development Dealer Overconcentrations, Fleet Overconcentrations, Manufacturer Overconcentrations, Medium and Heavy Truck Overconcentrations and Used Vehicle Overconcentrations for that Determination Date; over

 

(b)                                 the sum, without duplication, of (i) the principal amount of Receivables that are Ineligible Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during the period from the prior Determination Date to the current Determination Date, plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Receivables contributing to Dealer Overconcentrations, Development Dealer Overconcentrations, Fleet Overconcentrations, Manufacturer Overconcentrations, Medium and Heavy Truck Overconcentrations and Used Vehicle Overconcentrations that, in each case, became Defaulted Receivables during the period from the prior Determination Date (or, in the case of the first Determination Date, the Series Cutoff Date) to the current Determination Date.

 

“Note Interest Rate” means, for each Class, the interest rate per annum stated in Section 2.2(c) of the Indenture Supplement.

 

“Note Interest Shortfall” means, for a Class and a Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Accrued Note Interest for the prior Payment Date for the Class over the amount of interest that was paid to the Noteholders of that Class on the prior Payment Date, together with interest on the excess amount, to the extent lawful, at the Note Interest Rate for the Class for that Interest Period.

 

“Note Monthly Interest” means, for a Class and a Payment Date, the aggregate amount of interest accrued on the Note Balance of that Class at the Note Interest Rate for that Class for the related Interest Period.

 

“Principal Sharing Group One” means Series 20  -   and each other Series stated in the related Indenture Supplement to be included in Principal Sharing Group One.

 

“Principal Shortfall” means, for Series 20  -   and a Payment Date, an amount equal to (a) for any Payment Date in the Revolving Period, zero, and (b) for any Payment Date for the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period, the excess, if any, of the Monthly Principal Amount for that Payment Date, over the amount of Available Investor Principal Collections for that Payment Date (excluding any Available Investor Principal Collections attributable to Shared Principal Collections).

 

[“QIB” has the meaning stated in Section 5.3(c)(ii) of the Indenture Supplement.]

 

“Rating Agency” means each of           and           .

 

“Rating Agency Condition” means, for an action or request and a Rating Agency, the satisfaction of either of the following conditions, according to the then-current policies of the Rating Agency for that action or request:

 

EA-11

 

 

(a)                                 the Rating Agency has notified the Depositors the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee in writing that the proposed action or request will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of its then current rating on any of the Series 20  -   Notes; or

 

(b)                                 the Issuer has given ten Business Days’ prior notice to the Rating Agency and the Rating Agency has not notified the Depositors, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee before the end of the ten-day period that the action will result in a downgrade or withdrawal of its then current rating on any of the Series 20  -   Notes.

 

“Reallocated Principal Collections” means, for a Payment Date, the amount of Investor Principal Collections applied according to Section 4.4 of the Indenture Supplement in an amount not to exceed:

 

(a)                                 for the Class A Notes, the sum of (i) the Available Subordinated Amount plus (ii) the Class B Invested Amount plus (iii) the Class C Invested Amount plus (iv) the Class D Invested Amount, in each case, for that Payment Date;

 

(b)                                 for the Class B Notes, the sum of (i) the Available Subordinated Amount plus (ii) the Class C Invested Amount plus (iii) the Class D Invested Amount, in each case, for that Payment Date;

 

(c)                                  for the Class C Notes, the sum of (i) the Available Subordinated Amount plus (ii) the Class D Invested Amount, in each case, for that Payment Date; and

 

(d)                                 for the Class D Notes, the Available Subordinated Amount for that Payment Date.

 

“Reassignment Amount” means, for a Payment Date, the sum of (a) the Note Balance of the Series 20  -   Notes on that Payment Date, plus (b) the Accrued Note Interest for each Class for that Payment Date, plus (c) any other amounts due and payable by the Issuer on that Payment Date for Series 20  -  , in each case, after giving effect to any payments to be made on that Payment Date.

 

“Required Accumulation Factor Number” means, for any Determination Date, a fraction, rounded upwards to the nearest whole number, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is equal to the lowest Monthly Principal Payment Rate, expressed as a decimal, for the twelve Collection Periods before the date of the calculation.

 

“Required Pool Percentage” means    %.

 

“Required Subordinated Amount” means, as of a date, the sum of:

 

(a)                                 the greater of (i) zero and (ii) the product of (A) the Subordinated Percentage, times (B) the excess of the initial Note Balance of the Series 20  -   Notes over the Series 20  -   Excess Funding Amount on that date; plus

 

(b)                                 the Incremental Subordinated Amount for that date.

 

EA-12

 

[“Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page” means the display page currently so designated on the Reuters Capital Markets service (or another page in that service that replaces that page for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices).]

 

“Review Demand Date” means, for a Review, the date when the Indenture Trustee determines that each of (a) the Status Trigger has occurred and (b) the required percentage of Series 20  -   Noteholders has voted to direct a Review under Section 5.5 of the Indenture Supplement.

 

“Review Notice” means the notice from the Indenture Trustee to the Asset Representations Reviewer and the Servicer directing the Asset Representations Reviewer to perform a Review.

 

“Review Receivable” means, for a Review, each Receivable in an Account that has been designated as “status” by the Servicer as of the last day of the Collection Period before the Review Demand Date stated in the Review Notice.

 

“Revolving Period” means the period starting on the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of the day before the date the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period starts.

 

[“Rule 144A Information” has the meaning stated in Section 5.3(e) of the Indenture Supplement.]

 

[“Rule 144A Note Transfer” has the meaning stated in Section 5.3(b) of the Indenture Supplement.]

 

[“Rule 144A Notes” has the meaning stated in Section 5.3(a) of the Indenture Supplement.]

 

“Secured Parties” means the Series 20  -   Noteholders.

 

“Series 20  -  “ means the Series of Notes, the Principal Terms of which are stated in this Indenture Supplement.

 

“Series 20  -   Account Control Agreement” means the Series 20  -   Account Control Agreement, dated as of        , 20  , among the Issuer, as grantor, the Indenture Trustee, as secured party, and               , in its capacity as both a “securities intermediary” as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC and a “bank” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

 

“Series 20  -   Accounts” means the Series 20  -   Principal Funding Account, the Series 20  -   Reserve Account, the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account, which will be the “Series Accounts” for Series 20  -   for purposes of the Indenture.

 

“Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account” means the account stated under Section 4.7(c) of the Indenture Supplement.

 

EA-13

 

“Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account Available Amount” means, for each Payment Date, the lesser of:

 

(a)                                 the amount in the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account on that Payment Date (excluding any net investment earnings and before giving effect to any deposits or withdrawals made or to be made on that Payment Date); and

 

(b)                                 the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account Required Amount.

 

“Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account Deposit Amount” means, for each Payment Date starting on the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account Funding Date and until termination of the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account under Section 4.7(c)(iii) of the Indenture Supplement, the excess of (a) the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account Required Amount, over (b) the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account Available Amount for that Payment Date.

 

“Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account Funding Date” means the Payment Date occurring in the second Collection Period before the scheduled start of the Controlled Accumulation Period (or an earlier or later date as may be directed by the Servicer; provided that, if the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account Funding Date occurs on a later date, the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account is expected to be fully funded by the start of the Controlled Accumulation Period).

 

“Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account Required Amount” means an amount equal to     % of the initial Note Balance of the Series 20  -   Notes.

 

“Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Draw Amount” means, for a Payment Date relating to the Controlled Accumulation Period or the first Payment Date in the Early Amortization Period, the lesser of (a) the excess, if any, of (i) an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of (A) the amount in the Series 20  -   Principal Funding Account on the prior Payment Date (excluding net investment earnings), times (B) the weighted average (weighted by the aggregate Note Balance of each Class of Series 20  -   Notes) of the Note Interest Rate for each Class of Series 20  -   Notes for the related Interest Period, over (ii) the portion of the Available Investor Interest Collections for that Payment Date that is net investment earnings from the Series 20  -   Accounts, and (b) the Series 20  -   Accumulation Period Reserve Account Available Amount for that Payment Date.

 

“Series 20  -   Amortization Event” has the meaning stated in Section 6.1 of the Indenture Supplement.

 

“Series 20  -   Collateral” means (a) all Trust Property allocated to Series 20  -   , including all Collections on the Receivables allocated to Series 20  -  , (b) all “security entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC) relating to the Series 20  -   Accounts and the property deposited in or credited to any of the Series 20  -   Accounts, (c) all present and future claims, demands, causes in action and choses in action relating to the property described above and (d) all payments on or under and all proceeds of the property described above.

 

EA-14

 

“Series 20  -   Excess Funding Amount” means, as of a date, the product of (a) the amount in the Excess Funding Account (excluding any net investment earnings) on that date, times (b) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the Adjusted Invested Amount as of that date and (ii) the denominator of which is the sum of the “Adjusted Invested Amounts” of all Series.

 

“Series 20  -   Final Maturity Date” means the             20   Payment Date.

 

“Series 20  -   Noteholders” means the Noteholders of the Series 20  -   Notes.

 

“Series 20  -   Notes” has the meaning stated in Section 2.1(a) of the Indenture Supplement.

 

“Series 20  -   Principal Funding Account” means the account stated under Section 4.7(a) of the Indenture Supplement.

 

“Series 20  -   Reserve Account” means the account stated under Section 4.7(b) of the Indenture Supplement.

 

“Series 20  -   Reserve Account Available Amount” means, for a Payment Date, the lesser of (a) the amount in the Series 20  -   Reserve Account on that date (excluding any net investment earnings and before giving effect to any deposit or withdrawal on that Payment Date) and (b) the Series 20  -   Reserve Account Required Amount for that Payment Date.

 

“Series 20  -   Reserve Account Deposit Amount” means, for a Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (a) the Series 20  -   Reserve Account Required Amount for that Payment Date, over (b) the Series 20  -   Reserve Account Available Amount for that Payment Date.

 

“Series 20  -   Reserve Account Required Amount” means, for a Payment Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Series 20  -   Reserve Account Required Percentage, times (b) the Initial Invested Amount, except that the Reserve Account Required Amount for the Closing Date is $          .

 

“Series 20  -   Reserve Account Required Percentage” means, (a) for a Payment Date not described in clauses (b) or (c),   %, (b) for a Payment Date during a Subordination Step-up Period for which the Depositors have elected to increase the Series 20  -   Reserve Account Required Percentage according to Section 4.7(b) of the Indenture Supplement,   % plus the Step-up Percentage or (c) for a Payment Date in the Early Amortization Period on which the Depositors have not elected to increase the Series 20  -   Reserve Account Required Percentage under clause (b),   %.  The Depositors may reduce any of these percentages if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

 

“Series 20  -   Transaction Documents” means the Indenture Supplement, the Series 20  -   Account Control Agreement, the Asset Representations Review Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

“Series Cutoff Date” means the close of business on         , 20  .

 

“Servicing Fee Rate” means   % per annum.

 

EA-15

 

“Shared Principal Collections” means, for Series 20  -   and a Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the Available Investor Principal Collections for that Payment Date (without giving effect to clause (a)(iv) of the definition of “Available Investor Principal Collections”), over (b) the amount required to be deposited or distributed, without duplication, under Sections 4.2(d) and (e) of the Indenture Supplement on that Payment Date.

 

“Similar Law” means any federal, State, local or non-U.S. law or regulation substantially similar to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

“Status Trigger” means, for a Collection Period, that the aggregate principal amount of Receivables in Accounts that have been designated as “status” by the Servicer exceeds   % of the Pool Balance, in each case, as of the last day of the Collection Period.

 

“Step-up Percentage” means the excess of the Subordinated Percentage calculated using a Subordination Factor of    % over the Subordinated Percentage calculated using a Subordination Factor of    %.

 

“Subordinated Percentage” means the percentage equivalent of a fraction with (a) a numerator equal to the Subordination Factor and (b) a denominator equal to the excess of 100%, over the Subordination Factor.

 

“Subordination Factor” means, for the Series 20  -   Notes, (a) for a Determination Date not stated in clause (b),    % or (b) for a Determination Date during a Subordination Step-up Period, unless the Depositors have elected to increase the Series 20  -   Reserve Account Required Percentage according to Section 4.7(b) of the Indenture Supplement,    %.

 

“Subordination Step-up Period” means any period starting on the Determination Date for which the average of the Monthly Principal Payment Rates for the three prior Collection Periods is less than    % and ending on the Determination Date for which the average of the Monthly Principal Payment Rates for the three prior Collection Periods is equal to or greater than    %.

 

“Used Vehicle Overconcentration” means, for a Determination Date, the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Receivables on credit lines that are designated by the Servicer for purchases of Used Vehicles on the last day of the related Collection Period, over (b)   % of the Pool Balance on the last day of that Collection Period (or a higher percentage if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied).

 

[“Void Rule 144A Note Transfer” has the meaning stated in Section 5.3(b) of the Indenture Supplement.]

 

EA-16

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Notes

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN ANOTHER NAME REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO ANOTHER ENTITY REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE OF THIS NOTE FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER OF THIS NOTE, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE.

 

[Rule 144A Notes Only: THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES.  THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE (OR AN INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IN THIS NOTE), BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE (OR AN INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IN THIS NOTE), AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR THAT THIS NOTE (OR AN INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IN THIS NOTE) MAY BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PARTICIPATED, PLEDGED OR DISPOSED OF ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS, AND ONLY (I) UNDER RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) TO A PERSON THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER, WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A (A “QIB”), PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE HOLDER HAS INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR (II) TO THE DEPOSITOR OR ITS AFFILIATES, IN EACH CASE, ACCORDING TO ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES AND SECURITIES AND BLUE SKY LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES.]

 

EACH HOLDER OF THIS NOTE (OR AN INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IN THIS NOTE) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR A FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. LAW OR REGULATION THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (A “SIMILAR LAW”), BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE (OR AN INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IN THIS NOTE), IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT ITS PURCHASE, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE (OR AN INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IN THIS NOTE) IS NOT AND WILL NOT RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE DUE TO THE APPLICABILITY OF A STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RULES (OR, IF THE HOLDER IS SUBJECT TO ANY SIMILAR LAW, ITS PURCHASE, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION IS NOT AND WILL NOT RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF THE SIMILAR LAW).

 

EA-1

 

	
Registered
    	
$              (1)
    
	
No. [A[-  ]/B/C/D]-
    	
CUSIP No. [             ]
    
	
 
    	
ISIN No. [             ]
    

 

FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A
 SERIES 20  -   ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS [A[-   ]/B/C/D]

 

Ford Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A (the “Trust” or the “Issuer”), a Delaware statutory trust governed by the Second Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2001, as amended and restated as of December 1, 2010, for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of                                 Dollars, or a greater or lesser amount as determined according to the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement (each as defined on the reverse of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note), on the [       ] Payment Date (the “Series 20  -   Final Maturity Date”), except as otherwise stated below or in the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement.  Starting on [       ] and on each following Payment Date until the principal amount of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note is paid in full, the Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note at an annual rate equal to [the sum of LIBOR and] [  ]% (the “Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note Interest Rate”), as determined under the Indenture Supplement.  Interest on this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note will start accruing from [       ] (the “Closing Date”) and will be payable in arrears on each Payment Date, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year [and the actual number of days since the last payment] [consisting of twelve 30-day months].  The principal of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note will be paid in the manner stated on the reverse of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note.

 

The principal of and interest on this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note are payable in currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

Reference is made to the terms of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note stated on the reverse of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note, which will have the same effect as though fully stated on the face of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication on this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual signature, this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note will not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note, or be valid for any purpose.

 

(1)                                 Denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

 

EA-2

 

The Issuer has caused this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note to be duly executed.

 

	
 
    	
FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A, as   Issuer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    	
,
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
not   in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

Dated:              ,     

 

Indenture Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

 

This is one of the Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Notes stated in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
,
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
not   in its individual capacity, but solely as Indenture Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Responsible   Person
    

 

EA-3

 

 

FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A
 SERIES 20  -   ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS [A[-  ]/B/C/D]

 

Summary of Terms and Conditions

 

This Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as the Series 20  -   Asset Backed Notes (the “Notes”), issued under the Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of August 1, 2001, as amended and restated as of December 1, 2010 (as amended and supplemented, the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and                       , as indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), as supplemented by the Series 20  -   Indenture Supplement, dated as of           , 20   (the “Indenture Supplement” and, together with the Indenture, the “Series Agreement”), and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer.  The Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Series Agreement.  All terms used in this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note that are defined in the Series Agreement have the meanings stated in the Series Agreement.  In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Series Agreement and this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note, the Series Agreement controls.

 

The Class [A[-  ]] Notes, in an initial aggregate principal amount of $           , the Class [A[-  ]/B] Notes, in an initial aggregate principal amount of $           , the Class [B/C/D] Notes, in an initial aggregate principal amount of $             , and the Class [C/D] Notes, in an initial aggregate principal amount of $              will also be issued under the Series Agreement.  [The rights of the holders of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Notes rank pari passu for payments of interest and principal.]  The rights of the holders of the [Class B/Class C and] Class D Notes to receive payments on the [Class B/Class C and] Class D Notes are subordinate to the rights of the holders of the Class A, [Class B and Class C] Notes to receive payments as stated in the Series Agreement.

 

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of the Notes for payment under this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note and under the Series Agreement and that neither the Issuer nor the Indenture Trustee is liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Notes or the Series Agreement or, except as stated in the Series Agreement, subject to any liability under the Series Agreement.

 

This Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note is not a summary of the Series Agreement and reference is made to the Series Agreement for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced by this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

 

The initial Note Balance of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note is $              .  The Note Balance of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note on any date of determination will be an amount equal to (a) the initial Note Balance of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Noteholders of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note on or before that date.

 

EA-4

 

The Expected Final Payment Date is the [         ] Payment Date, but principal for the Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Notes may be paid earlier or later under certain circumstances stated in the Series Agreement.  Payments of principal of the Notes will be payable according to the Series Agreement.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Series Agreement, the Depositors may, from time to time, direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, to issue one or more new Series of notes.

 

On each Payment Date, the Note Paying Agent will pay to each Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final payment for this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note) that Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Note Paying Agent that are allocated and available on that Payment Date to pay interest and principal on the Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Notes under the Indenture Supplement. Except as stated in the Series Agreement for a final payment, payments to the Noteholders will be made (a) (i) if the Noteholder has given the Note Registrar appropriate instructions at least five Business Days before that Payment Date and the aggregate original principal amount of the Noteholder’s Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Notes is at least $1,000,000, by wire transfer to the account of the Noteholder or (ii) by check mailed first class, postage prepaid to each Noteholder (at the Noteholder’s address as it appears in the Note Register), except that for any Notes registered in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency, the distribution will be made by wire transfer and (b) without presentation or surrender of any Note or the making of any notation on the Note.  Final payment of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note will be made only on presentation and surrender of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note at the office or agency stated in the notice of final payment delivered by the Indenture Trustee to the Noteholders according to the Series Agreement.

 

This Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, Ford Credit Floorplan Corporation or Ford Credit Floorplan LLC (the “Depositors”), Ford Motor Credit Company LLC, Ford Motor Company or any Affiliate of any of them and is not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency or instrumentality.

 

Each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, covenants and agrees that it will not at any time start or pursue against the Issuer or the Depositors, or join in starting or pursuing against the Issuer or the Depositors, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

Except as stated in the Indenture Supplement, the Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Notes are issuable only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note will be registered in the Note Register on surrender of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note for registration of transfer at any office or agency maintained by the Note Registrar accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Noteholder or the Noteholder’s attorney, and duly authorized in writing with the signature guaranteed, and on surrender one or more new Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Notes in any authorized denominations of like aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

EA-5

 

As stated in the Series Agreement and subject to certain limitations forth in the Series Agreement, Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Notes are exchangeable for new Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Notes in any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, on surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Note Registrar.  No service charge may be imposed for the exchange but the Issuer or Note Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with the exchange.

 

The Issuer, the Depositors, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, the Depositors or the Indenture Trustee will treat the person in whose name this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note is registered as the owner of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note for all purposes, and none of the Issuer, the Depositors, the Indenture Trustee or any agent of the Issuer, the Depositors or the Indenture Trustee will be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

The holder of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note, by its acceptance of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note, and the owner of an interest or participation in this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note, by its acceptance of an interest or participation, covenant and agree that (a) they will not at any time start or pursue against the Issuer or the Depositors, or join in starting or pursuing against the Issuer or the Depositors, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement or any of the other related transaction documents and (b) if any Depositor becomes a debtor or debtor in possession in a case under any applicable United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or later in effect or subject to any insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, rehabilitation or other similar proceedings, any claim that the holders of the Notes of any Series may have at any time against the Issuer’s assets allocated according to the Indenture to any Series unrelated to the Notes, and any claim that the holders of the Notes have at any time against the Depositors that they may seek to enforce against the Issuer’s assets allocated to any unrelated Series, will be subordinate to the payment in full (including post-petition interest) of the claims of the holders of any Notes of the unrelated Series and of the holders of any other notes, bonds, contracts or other obligations relating to the unrelated Series.

 

The holder of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note, by acceptance of this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note, and each holder of an interest or participation in this Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Note, agree to treat the Class [A[-  ]/B/C/D] Notes as indebtedness of the Issuer for applicable United States federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes.

 

THIS CLASS [A[-  ]/B/C/D] NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED ACCORDING TO THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

EA-6

 

Assignment

 

	
Social   Security or other identifying number of assignee
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(name and address of assignee)
    	
 
    

 

the within note and all rights under the Note, and irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                                               , attorney, to transfer the Note on the books kept for registration of the Note, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(2)
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Signature   Guaranteed:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    

 

(2)                                 NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

EA-7

 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Monthly Investor Report

 

[see attached]

 

EB-1

 

Ford Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A

Monthly Investor Report

 

	
Collection   Period
    	
/  /20   -   /  /20  
    
	
Determination   Date
    	
/  /20  
    
	
Payment   Date
    	
/  /20  
    

 

Additional information about the structure, cash flows, defined terms and parties for each publicly registered series of asset-backed securities covered in this report can be found in the applicable prospectus for the series, available on the SEC website http://www.sec.gov under registration number 333-171922 or 333-187623, as applicable, and at http://credit.ford.com/investor-center/institutional-investments, located under “Prospectuses” in the “Ford Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A” section.

 

	
Contents
    	
 
    	
Pages
    
	
Trust Summary
    	
 
    	
# - #
    
	
Series 20  -     Summary
    	
 
    	
# - #
    

 

1

 

Trust Summary

 

I. Principal Receivables

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Trust Total
    	
 
    
	
A.   Beginning Adjusted Pool Balance
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B. Principal   Collections
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
C. Principal   Adjustments
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D. Principal Reduction   - Redesignated Accounts
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E. Defaulted   Receivables
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F. New Principal   Receivables
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G. Principal Increase -   Additional Accounts
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H. Net Deposits /   (Withdrawals) to the Excess Funding Account
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Ending   Adjusted Pool Balance (A - B - C - D - E + F + G + H)
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Monthly Principal   Payment Rate
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    

 

II. Interest Collections

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Trust Total
    	
 
    
	
Gross Interest   Collections
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Interest Adjustments
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Recoveries
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Interest Earned on   Collection Account
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Interest Earned on   Excess Funding Account
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Interest Earned on   Backup Servicer Reserve Account
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Interest   Collections
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Memo: Monthly Yield
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    

 

III. Principal Collections 

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Trust Total
    	
 
    
	
Principal   Collections
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

IV. Series Balances

 

	
Series
    	
 
    	
Beginning of Period
   Adjusted Invested
   Amount
    	
 
    	
Increase/
   (Decrease)
    	
 
    	
End of Period
   Adjusted Invested
   Amount
    	
 
    	
Increase/
   (Decrease)
    	
 
    	
Payment Date
   Adjusted Invested
   Amount
    	
 
    
	
20  - 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Depositors   Amount:
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
																	

 

2

 

V. Principal and Interest Allocations

 

	
Series
    	
 
    	
Floating Investor %
    	
 
    	
Investor Principal
   Collections
    	
 
    	
Investor Interest
   Collections
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
20  - 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Depositors %
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Memo
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Excess Depositor   %
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Excess Depositor   Collection
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Depositor   Servicing Fee
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Depositor Backup   Servicing Fee
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

3

 

VI. Status Accounts and Net Losses

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Trust Total
    	
 
    
	
Principal   Reduction - Receivables relating to accounts (including Performance Impaired   and other “status” accounts) that were reassigned by the Issuer to the   Depositors.
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

Status Distribution

 

	
Number of Days Since
    	
 
    	
Principal Balance in
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Number of
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Redesignation of Status
    	
 
    	
Redesignated Status
    	
 
    	
% of Total Principal
    	
 
    	
Redesignated Status
    	
 
    	
% of Total Number of
    	
 
    
	
Account
    	
 
    	
Accounts
    	
 
    	
Balance
    	
 
    	
Accounts
    	
 
    	
Designated Accounts
    	
 
    
	
1  -  30
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    
	
31  -  60
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    
	
61  -  90
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    
	
91  -  120
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    
	
121   - 150
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    
	
151   - 180
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    
	
Total
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    	
—
    	
 
    

 

	
The principal amount of Receivables in “status” accounts that remain   in the Trust Pool following the end of the Collection Period.
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
The principal amount of Receivables in “status” accounts as a % of   Trust Pool.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Status Trigger (11.1%) Breached?    Yes (Y) / No (N)
    	
 
    	
[Y/N]
    	
 
    

 

Net  Losses

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
# of Dealer
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Accounts
    	
 
    	
Amount
    	
 
    
	
Current Collection  Period  Loss:  
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Defaulted   Receivables  (Charge-Offs)
    	
 
    	
0
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(Recoveries)
    	
 
    	
0
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Net  Loss  for  Current  Collection  Period
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Ratio  of   Net  Loss  for Current Collection  Period  to Average   of Period  Pool  Balance
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Prior  and  Current   Collection  Period  Losses:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Ratio  of Net Loss  to  Average   of Period  Pool Balance
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Third Prior   Collection  Period
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Second Prior  Collection   Period
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Prior Collection  Period
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Current  Collection   Period
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Four  Month  Average   (Current  and  Prior Three  Collection  Periods)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    

 

VII. Excess Funding Account / Backup Servicer Reserve Account

 

	
Beginning Period Balance
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Net Deposits / (Withdrawals)
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Ending Period Balance
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Determination Date balance before giving effect to   Payment Date Cashflows
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Determination Date balance after giving effect to   Payment Date Cashflows
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Backup Servicer Reserve Account
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Memo
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Excess Funding Account as a % of aggregate Adjusted   Invested Amount 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Interest Earned on Excess Funding Account
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

4

 

VIII. Non-Conforming Receivables

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Trust Total
    	
 
    
	
Ineligible   Receivables
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Dealer   Overconcentration
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Manufacturer   Overconcentration (>2% of Pool Balance)
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Used Vehicle   Overconcentration (a)
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Medium and Heavy   Truck Overconcentration
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Development   Dealer Overconcentration
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Fleet   Overconcentration
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Non-Conforming   Receivable Amount
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Memo
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Principal   Receivables relating to Vehicles on Used Lines
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Principal   Receivables relating to Vehicles on Used Lines as a % of Pool Balance
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Principal   Receivables relating to AutoNation
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Principal   Receivables relating to AutoNation as a % of Pool Balance
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Principal Receivables   relating to Development Dealers
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Principal   Receivables relating to Development Dealers as a % of Pool Balance
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Principal   Receivables relating to Fleet
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Principal   Receivables relating to Fleet as a % of Pool Balance
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Principal Receivables   relating to New and Used Medium Heavy Truck Lines
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Principal   Receivables relating to New and Used Medium Heavy Truck Lines as a % of Pool   Balance
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Principal   Receivables relating to Program Vehicles (b)
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Principal   Receivables relating to Program Vehicles as a % of Pool Balance
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    

 

(a) Includes Receivables related to Vehicles on Used Lines and Program Lines 

(b) Primarily off-lease Vehicles purchased by a Dealer at a Ford Credit Approved auction.  Program Lines are separate from Used Lines. 

 

IX. Subordination, Depositor Amount and Credit Risk Retention as of Determination Date

 

	
Series
    	
 
    	
Subordinated
   %
    	
 
    	
Subordinated
   % times (Initial Note
   Balance minus EFA)
   (A)
    	
 
    	
Incremental
   Subordinated
   Amount
   (B)
    	
 
    	
Required
   Subordinated
   Amount
   (A + B)
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
20  - 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
													

 

	
Series
    	
 
    	
Required
   Subordinated
   Amount
   (C)
    	
 
    	
Required Pool %
   minus 100% times
   Initial Invested
   Amount
   (D)
    	
 
    	
Required Depositor
   Amount as of
   Determination Date (C + D)
    	
 
    	
Credit Risk Retention
   % (Min 5.00%)
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
20  - 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Required Depositor Amount
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Depositor Amount
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Memo:  Determination Date Pool Balance
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
														

 

5

 

X. Redesignation Notice

 

If the below “Redesignated Account” box(es) has been marked “Yes”, notice is hereby given, pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Fifth Amended and Restated Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of December 1, 2010, that the redesignation of certain Accounts and the reassignment of the Receivables and Related Security in such Accounts occurred on the Redesignation Date of October 1, 2015, and a Redesignated Account Schedule has been delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee according to the Sale and Servicing Agreements.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Redesignated Accounts
    	
 
    
	
Depositor
    	
 
    	
Trust
    	
 
    	
Yes
    	
 
    	
No
    	
 
    
	
Ford Credit   Floorplan Corporation
    	
 
    	
Ford Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    
	
Ford Credit   Floorplan LLC
    	
 
    	
Ford Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    

 

XI. Early Amortization Declarations

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    	
 
    	
No
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
1. Breach of   covenants or agreements made in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, Indenture   or Indenture Supplement and uncured for 60 days
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
2. Failure to   make any required payment or deposit under the Sale and Servicing Agreement,   Indenture or Indenture Supplement and uncured for 5 Business Days
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
3. Breach of any   representation or warranty made in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, Indenture   or Indenture Supplement and uncured for 60 days
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
4. Bankruptcy,   insolvency or receivership of Ford Credit, FCFMOTA or Ford
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
5. FCFMOTA is an   investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
6. Failure of   FCF Corp or FCF LLC to convey Receivables pursuant to the Sale and Servicing   Agreement and uncured for 10 days
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
7. Available Subordinated   Amount is less than the Required Subordinated Amount and uncured for 5 days
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
8. Servicer   default or an event of default with respect to the outstanding notes has   occurred
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
9. Average   monthly payment rate for the past three periods is less than 21%
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10. Excess Funding Account   Balance exceeds 30% of Outstanding Series Adjusted Invested Amounts for   3 periods
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    	
o
    	
 
    

 

Memo

 

Additional statistical information about Ford Credit’s U.S. Dealer Floorplan portfolio and the Trust’s pool for the most recently available quarter can be found on Ford Credit’s website at http://credit.ford.com/investor-center/institutional-investments, located under “Other Documents” in the “Ford Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A” section.

 

6

 

XII. Repurchase Demand Activity (Rule 15Ga-1)

 

[ No Activity to Report ]

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Total Assets in
   ABS by
   Originator
    	
 
    	
Assets That
   Were Subject of
   Demand
    	
 
    	
Assets That
   Were
   Repurchased or 
   Replaced
    	
 
    	
Assets Pending 
   Repurchase or 
   Replacement
   (within cure period)
    	
 
    	
Demand in
   Dispute
    	
 
    	
Demand
   Withdrawn
    	
 
    	
Demand
   Rejected
    	
 
    
	
Name of
   Issuing Entity
    	
 
    	
Check if 
   Registered
    	
 
    	
Name of 
   Originator
    	
 
    	
(#)
    	
 
    	
($)
    	
 
    	
(% of 
   principal
   balance)
    	
 
    	
(#)
    	
 
    	
($)
    	
 
    	
(% of 
   principal
   balance)
    	
 
    	
(#)
    	
 
    	
($)
    	
 
    	
(% of 
   principal
   balance)
    	
 
    	
(#)
    	
 
    	
($)
    	
 
    	
(% of 
   principal
   balance)
    	
 
    	
(#)
    	
 
    	
($)
    	
 
    	
(% of 
   principal
   balance)
    	
 
    	
(#)
    	
 
    	
($)
    	
 
    	
(% of 
   principal
   balance)
    	
 
    	
(#)
    	
 
    	
($)
    	
 
    	
(% of 
   principal
   balance)
    	
 
    
	
Wholesale   Auto Loans:

 

Ford   Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A 

 

CIK#   0000038009
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Ford Motor Credit Company LLC
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

Most Recent Form ABS-15G

Filed By: Ford Motor Credit Company LLC

CIK#: 0000038009

Date: February 6, 2015

 

Servicer Certification

 

THIS REPORT IS ACCURATE IN ALL MATERIAL RESPECTS.

Ford Motor Credit Company LLC

 

	
/s/   [name]
    	
 
    
	
[title]
    	
 
    

 

7

 

Series 20  -  Summary

 

	
I. Origination Information
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Date   of Origination
    	
 
    	
 
    	
, 20  
    
	
Expected   Final Payment Date
    	
 
    	
 
    	
, 20  
    
	
Final   Maturity Date
    	
 
    	
 
    	
, 20  
    

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Class A1 Notes
    	
 
    	
Class B Notes
    	
 
    	
Class C Notes
    	
 
    	
Class D Notes
    	
 
    
	
Original   Principal Outstanding
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Note Interest   Rate
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    	
 
    	
%
    	
 
    	
%
    	
 
    	
%
    
														

 

	
Total Original   Principal Outstanding
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

II.  Series Allocations

 

	
Current   Floating Investor %
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Investor   Principal Collections
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Principal   Default Amounts
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Investor   Interest Collections
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

III.  Collections

 

	
Interest
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Investor Interest Collections
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Reserve Fund Investment Proceeds
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Accumulation Period Reserve Account Release
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Accumulation Period Reserve Account Investment   Proceeds
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Excess Depositor Interest/Principal Allocation
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Available Investor Interest   Collections
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Shared Interest Collections from Excess Interest   Sharing Group One
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Available Subordination Draw 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Reserve Fund Draw
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Reallocated Principal Collections
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Interest Amounts
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Principal
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Investor Principal Collections 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Investor Default Amount, Investor Charge-Off   and Reallocated Principal Collections
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Shared Principal Collections from Principal Sharing   Group One (Withdrawal from EFA)
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Reserve Fund Draw
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Available Investor Principal   Collections
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

8

 

IV. Interest Calculations

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Class A1 Notes
    	
 
    	
Class B Notes
    	
 
    	
Class C Notes
    	
 
    	
Class D Notes
    	
 
    
	
Original   Principal Outstanding
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Note Interest   Rate
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    	
 
    	
%
    	
 
    	
%
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Days in Interest   Period
    	
 
    	
 
    	
#
    	
 
    	
#
    	
 
    	
#
    	
 
    	
#
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Monthly   Interest
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

V.  Available Investor Interest Collections Distribution Payments by Priority

 

	
Total Interest Amount
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(1) Current   Interest Plus Unpaid Interest from Prior Periods - Class A Notes
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(2) Current   Interest Plus Unpaid Interest from Prior Periods - Class B Notes
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(3) Current   Interest Plus Unpaid Interest from Prior Periods - Class C Notes
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(4) Current   Interest Plus Unpaid Interest from Prior Periods - Class D Notes
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(5) Trustee   and Other Fees/Expenses
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(6) Current   and past due Back-up Servicing Fee or Servicing Fee if Ford Credit is no   longer Servicer
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(7) Investor   Default Amount, to be added to Principal Collections
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(8) Replenish   Reserve Fund
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(9) Investor   Chargeoffs not previously reimbursed, to be added to Principal Collections
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(10) Reallocated   Principal Collections not previously reimbursed, to be added to Principal   Collections
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(11)   Fund Accumulation Period Reserve Account
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(12)   Servicing Fees due Ford Credit
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(13)   Required Subordination Shortfall to be sent to holders of Depositor Interest
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(14)   Additional Trustee and Other Fees/Expenses
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(15)   Other Amounts due to Back-up Servicer or Successor Servicer
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(16)   Shared with other series in Excess Interest Sharing Group One
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(17)   To the Depositor’s Interest Account, remaining amounts to Holders of   Depositor Interest
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

VI.  Available Investor Principal Collections Distribution Payments by Priority

 

	
Available Investor Principal Collections
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Deposit to Principal Funding Account
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Shared with other series in Principal Sharing Group   One
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Remainder released to holders of Depositor Interest
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

VII.  Subordination and Participation

 

	
Subordination % 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
%
    
	
Incremental Subordinated Amount
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Required Subordinated Amount
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Required Pool % minus 100% times Initial Invested   Amount
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Required Depositor Amount   Series 20  - 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

9

 

VIII.  Distribution to Holders of Notes

(per $1,000 denomination note)

 

	
Total Amount Allocable to Principal Class A
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Amount Allocable to Interest Class A
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Amount Distributed Class A
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Amount Allocable to Principal Class B
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Amount Allocable to Interest Class B
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Amount Distributed Class B
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Amount Allocable to Principal Class C
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Amount Allocable to Interest Class C
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Amount Distributed Class C
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Amount Allocable to Principal Class D
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Amount Allocable to Interest Class D
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Amount Distributed Class D
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

IX.  Reserve Fund

 

	
Beginning of Collection Period Balance
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Reserve Fund Draw
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Increases/(Decreases)
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
End of Collection Period Balance
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Increases/(Decreases)
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Payment Date Balance
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

X.  Memo Items

 

	
Excess Funding Amount   Series 20  - 
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Accumulation Period Reserve Account Balance
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Controlled Deposit Amount - This Period
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Controlled Deposit Amount - Cumulative
    	
 
    	
$
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

10

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00251-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00251-of-00352.parquet"}]]